forked from mirrors/gecko-dev
		
	
		
			
				
	
	
		
			6567 lines
		
	
	
	
		
			202 KiB
		
	
	
	
		
			C++
		
	
	
	
	
	
			
		
		
	
	
			6567 lines
		
	
	
	
		
			202 KiB
		
	
	
	
		
			C++
		
	
	
	
	
	
| /* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
 | |
| // vim:cindent:ts=2:et:sw=2:
 | |
| /* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
 | |
|  * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
 | |
|  * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
 | |
|  * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
 | |
|  * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
 | |
|  * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
 | |
|  * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
 | |
|  * License.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * The Original Code is mozilla.org code.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
 | |
|  * Netscape Communications Corporation.
 | |
|  * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1998
 | |
|  * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Contributor(s):
 | |
|  *   Pierre Phaneuf <pp@ludusdesign.com>
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
 | |
|  * either of the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"),
 | |
|  * or the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
 | |
|  * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
 | |
|  * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
 | |
|  * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
 | |
|  * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
 | |
|  * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
 | |
|  * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
 | |
|  * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
 | |
|  * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
 | |
| #include "nsCOMPtr.h"
 | |
| #include "nsFrame.h"
 | |
| #include "nsFrameList.h"
 | |
| #include "nsLineLayout.h"
 | |
| #include "nsIContent.h"
 | |
| #include "nsContentUtils.h"
 | |
| #include "nsIAtom.h"
 | |
| #include "nsString.h"
 | |
| #include "nsReadableUtils.h"
 | |
| #include "nsStyleContext.h"
 | |
| #include "nsReflowPath.h"
 | |
| #include "nsIView.h"
 | |
| #include "nsIViewManager.h"
 | |
| #include "nsIScrollableFrame.h"
 | |
| #include "nsPresContext.h"
 | |
| #include "nsCRT.h"
 | |
| #include "nsGUIEvent.h"
 | |
| #include "nsIDOMEvent.h"
 | |
| #include "nsStyleConsts.h"
 | |
| #include "nsIPresShell.h"
 | |
| #include "prlog.h"
 | |
| #include "prprf.h"
 | |
| #include <stdarg.h>
 | |
| #include "nsFrameManager.h"
 | |
| #include "nsCSSRendering.h"
 | |
| #ifdef ACCESSIBILITY
 | |
| #include "nsIAccessible.h"
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| #include "nsIDOMText.h"
 | |
| #include "nsIDOMHTMLAnchorElement.h"
 | |
| #include "nsIDOMHTMLAreaElement.h"
 | |
| #include "nsIDOMHTMLImageElement.h"
 | |
| #include "nsIDOMHTMLHRElement.h"
 | |
| #include "nsIDOMHTMLInputElement.h"
 | |
| #include "nsIDeviceContext.h"
 | |
| #include "nsIEditorDocShell.h"
 | |
| #include "nsIEventStateManager.h"
 | |
| #include "nsISelection.h"
 | |
| #include "nsISelectionPrivate.h"
 | |
| #include "nsIFrameSelection.h"
 | |
| #include "nsHTMLParts.h"
 | |
| #include "nsLayoutAtoms.h"
 | |
| #include "nsCSSAnonBoxes.h"
 | |
| #include "nsCSSPseudoElements.h"
 | |
| #include "nsHTMLAtoms.h"
 | |
| #include "nsIHTMLContentSink.h" 
 | |
| #include "nsCSSFrameConstructor.h"
 | |
| 
 | |
| #include "nsFrameTraversal.h"
 | |
| #include "nsStyleChangeList.h"
 | |
| #include "nsIDOMRange.h"
 | |
| #include "nsITableLayout.h"    //selection neccesity
 | |
| #include "nsITableCellLayout.h"//  "
 | |
| #include "nsITextControlFrame.h"
 | |
| #include "nsINameSpaceManager.h"
 | |
| #include "nsIPercentHeightObserver.h"
 | |
| 
 | |
| // For triple-click pref
 | |
| #include "nsIServiceManager.h"
 | |
| #include "nsISelectionImageService.h"
 | |
| #include "imgIContainer.h"
 | |
| #include "gfxIImageFrame.h"
 | |
| #include "nsILookAndFeel.h"
 | |
| #include "nsLayoutCID.h"
 | |
| #include "nsWidgetsCID.h"     // for NS_LOOKANDFEEL_CID
 | |
| #include "nsUnicharUtils.h"
 | |
| #include "nsLayoutErrors.h"
 | |
| #include "nsHTMLContainerFrame.h"
 | |
| #include "nsBoxLayoutState.h"
 | |
| 
 | |
| static NS_DEFINE_CID(kSelectionImageService, NS_SELECTIONIMAGESERVICE_CID);
 | |
| static NS_DEFINE_CID(kLookAndFeelCID,  NS_LOOKANDFEEL_CID);
 | |
| static NS_DEFINE_CID(kWidgetCID, NS_CHILD_CID);
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Struct containing cached metrics for box-wrapped frames.
 | |
| struct nsBoxLayoutMetrics
 | |
| {
 | |
|   nsSize mPrefSize;
 | |
|   nsSize mMinSize;
 | |
|   nsSize mMaxSize;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsSize mBlockMinSize;
 | |
|   nsSize mBlockPrefSize;
 | |
|   nscoord mBlockAscent;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nscoord mFlex;
 | |
|   nscoord mAscent;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsSize mLastSize;
 | |
|   nsSize mOverflow;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   PRPackedBool mIncludeOverflow;
 | |
|   PRPackedBool mWasCollapsed;
 | |
|   PRPackedBool mStyleChange;
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Some Misc #defines
 | |
| #define SELECTION_DEBUG        0
 | |
| #define FORCE_SELECTION_UPDATE 1
 | |
| #define CALC_DEBUG             0
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| #include "nsICaret.h"
 | |
| #include "nsILineIterator.h"
 | |
| 
 | |
| //non Hack prototypes
 | |
| #if 0
 | |
| static void RefreshContentFrames(nsPresContext* aPresContext, nsIContent * aStartContent, nsIContent * aEndContent);
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| #include "prenv.h"
 | |
| 
 | |
| // start nsIFrameDebug
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef NS_DEBUG
 | |
| static PRBool gShowFrameBorders = PR_FALSE;
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrameDebug::ShowFrameBorders(PRBool aEnable)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   gShowFrameBorders = aEnable;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| PRBool nsIFrameDebug::GetShowFrameBorders()
 | |
| {
 | |
|   return gShowFrameBorders;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static PRBool gShowEventTargetFrameBorder = PR_FALSE;
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsIFrameDebug::ShowEventTargetFrameBorder(PRBool aEnable)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   gShowEventTargetFrameBorder = aEnable;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| PRBool nsIFrameDebug::GetShowEventTargetFrameBorder()
 | |
| {
 | |
|   return gShowEventTargetFrameBorder;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * Note: the log module is created during library initialization which
 | |
|  * means that you cannot perform logging before then.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| static PRLogModuleInfo* gLogModule;
 | |
| 
 | |
| static PRLogModuleInfo* gFrameVerifyTreeLogModuleInfo;
 | |
| 
 | |
| static PRBool gFrameVerifyTreeEnable = PRBool(0x55);
 | |
| 
 | |
| PRBool
 | |
| nsIFrameDebug::GetVerifyTreeEnable()
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (gFrameVerifyTreeEnable == PRBool(0x55)) {
 | |
|     if (nsnull == gFrameVerifyTreeLogModuleInfo) {
 | |
|       gFrameVerifyTreeLogModuleInfo = PR_NewLogModule("frameverifytree");
 | |
|       gFrameVerifyTreeEnable = 0 != gFrameVerifyTreeLogModuleInfo->level;
 | |
|       printf("Note: frameverifytree is %sabled\n",
 | |
|              gFrameVerifyTreeEnable ? "en" : "dis");
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return gFrameVerifyTreeEnable;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| nsIFrameDebug::SetVerifyTreeEnable(PRBool aEnabled)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   gFrameVerifyTreeEnable = aEnabled;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static PRLogModuleInfo* gStyleVerifyTreeLogModuleInfo;
 | |
| 
 | |
| static PRBool gStyleVerifyTreeEnable = PRBool(0x55);
 | |
| 
 | |
| PRBool
 | |
| nsIFrameDebug::GetVerifyStyleTreeEnable()
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (gStyleVerifyTreeEnable == PRBool(0x55)) {
 | |
|     if (nsnull == gStyleVerifyTreeLogModuleInfo) {
 | |
|       gStyleVerifyTreeLogModuleInfo = PR_NewLogModule("styleverifytree");
 | |
|       gStyleVerifyTreeEnable = 0 != gStyleVerifyTreeLogModuleInfo->level;
 | |
|       printf("Note: styleverifytree is %sabled\n",
 | |
|              gStyleVerifyTreeEnable ? "en" : "dis");
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return gStyleVerifyTreeEnable;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| nsIFrameDebug::SetVerifyStyleTreeEnable(PRBool aEnabled)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   gStyleVerifyTreeEnable = aEnabled;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| PRLogModuleInfo*
 | |
| nsIFrameDebug::GetLogModuleInfo()
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (nsnull == gLogModule) {
 | |
|     gLogModule = PR_NewLogModule("frame");
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return gLogModule;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| nsIFrameDebug::RootFrameList(nsPresContext* aPresContext, FILE* out, PRInt32 aIndent)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if((nsnull == aPresContext) || (nsnull == out))
 | |
|     return;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsIPresShell *shell = aPresContext->GetPresShell();
 | |
|   if (nsnull != shell) {
 | |
|     nsIFrame* frame = shell->FrameManager()->GetRootFrame();
 | |
|     if(nsnull != frame) {
 | |
|       nsIFrameDebug* debugFrame;
 | |
|       nsresult rv;
 | |
|       rv = frame->QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsIFrameDebug), (void**)&debugFrame);
 | |
|       if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
 | |
|         debugFrame->List(aPresContext, out, aIndent);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| // end nsIFrameDebug
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| // frame image selection drawing service implementation
 | |
| class SelectionImageService : public nsISelectionImageService
 | |
| {
 | |
| public:
 | |
|   SelectionImageService();
 | |
|   virtual ~SelectionImageService();
 | |
|   NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
 | |
|   NS_DECL_NSISELECTIONIMAGESERVICE
 | |
| private:
 | |
|   nsresult CreateImage(nscolor aImageColor, imgIContainer *aContainer);
 | |
|   nsCOMPtr<imgIContainer> mContainer;
 | |
|   nsCOMPtr<imgIContainer> mDisabledContainer;
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS1(SelectionImageService, nsISelectionImageService)
 | |
| 
 | |
| SelectionImageService::SelectionImageService()
 | |
| {
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| SelectionImageService::~SelectionImageService()
 | |
| {
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| SelectionImageService::GetImage(PRInt16 aSelectionValue, imgIContainer **aContainer)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   nsresult result;
 | |
|   if (aSelectionValue != nsISelectionController::SELECTION_ON)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|     if (!mDisabledContainer)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|         mDisabledContainer = do_CreateInstance("@mozilla.org/image/container;1",&result);
 | |
|         if (NS_FAILED(result))
 | |
|           return result;
 | |
|         if (mDisabledContainer)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|           nscolor disabledTextColor = NS_RGB(255, 255, 255);
 | |
|           nsCOMPtr<nsILookAndFeel> look;
 | |
|           look = do_GetService(kLookAndFeelCID,&result);
 | |
|           if (NS_SUCCEEDED(result) && look)
 | |
|             look->GetColor(nsILookAndFeel::eColor_TextSelectBackgroundDisabled, disabledTextColor);
 | |
|           CreateImage(disabledTextColor, mDisabledContainer);
 | |
|         }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     *aContainer = mDisabledContainer; 
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   else
 | |
|   {
 | |
|     if (!mContainer)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|         mContainer = do_CreateInstance("@mozilla.org/image/container;1",&result);
 | |
|         if (NS_FAILED(result))
 | |
|           return result;
 | |
|         if (mContainer)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|           nscolor selectionTextColor = NS_RGB(255, 255, 255);
 | |
|           nsCOMPtr<nsILookAndFeel> look;
 | |
|           look = do_GetService(kLookAndFeelCID,&result);
 | |
|           if (NS_SUCCEEDED(result) && look)
 | |
|             look->GetColor(nsILookAndFeel::eColor_TextSelectBackground, selectionTextColor);
 | |
|           CreateImage(selectionTextColor, mContainer);
 | |
|         }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     *aContainer = mContainer; 
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   if (!*aContainer)
 | |
|     return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
 | |
|   NS_ADDREF(*aContainer);
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| SelectionImageService::Reset()
 | |
| {
 | |
|   mContainer = 0;
 | |
|   mDisabledContainer = 0;
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| #define SEL_IMAGE_WIDTH 32
 | |
| #define SEL_IMAGE_HEIGHT 32
 | |
| #define SEL_ALPHA_AMOUNT 128
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsresult
 | |
| SelectionImageService::CreateImage(nscolor aImageColor, imgIContainer *aContainer)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (aContainer)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|     nsresult result = aContainer->Init(SEL_IMAGE_WIDTH,SEL_IMAGE_HEIGHT,nsnull);
 | |
|     if (NS_SUCCEEDED(result))
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       nsCOMPtr<gfxIImageFrame> image = do_CreateInstance("@mozilla.org/gfx/image/frame;2",&result);
 | |
|       if (NS_SUCCEEDED(result) && image)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|         image->Init(0, 0, SEL_IMAGE_WIDTH, SEL_IMAGE_HEIGHT, gfxIFormats::RGB_A8, 24);
 | |
|         aContainer->AppendFrame(image);
 | |
| 
 | |
|         PRUint32 bpr, abpr;
 | |
|         image->GetImageBytesPerRow(&bpr);
 | |
|         image->GetAlphaBytesPerRow(&abpr);
 | |
| 
 | |
|         //its better to temporarily go after heap than put big data on stack
 | |
|         unsigned char *row_data = (unsigned char *)malloc(bpr);
 | |
|         if (!row_data)
 | |
|           return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
 | |
|         unsigned char *alpha = (unsigned char *)malloc(abpr);
 | |
|         if (!alpha)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|           free (row_data);
 | |
|           return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|         unsigned char *data = row_data;
 | |
| 
 | |
|         PRInt16 i;
 | |
|         for (i = 0; i < SEL_IMAGE_WIDTH; i++)
 | |
|         {
 | |
| #if defined(XP_WIN) || defined(XP_OS2)
 | |
|           *data++ = NS_GET_B(aImageColor);
 | |
|           *data++ = NS_GET_G(aImageColor);
 | |
|           *data++ = NS_GET_R(aImageColor);
 | |
| #else
 | |
| #if defined(XP_MAC) || defined(XP_MACOSX)
 | |
|           *data++ = 0;
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|           *data++ = NS_GET_R(aImageColor);
 | |
|           *data++ = NS_GET_G(aImageColor);
 | |
|           *data++ = NS_GET_B(aImageColor);
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         memset((void *)alpha, SEL_ALPHA_AMOUNT, abpr);
 | |
| 
 | |
|         for (i = 0; i < SEL_IMAGE_HEIGHT; i++)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|           image->SetAlphaData(alpha, abpr, i*abpr);
 | |
|           image->SetImageData(row_data,  bpr, i*bpr);
 | |
|         }
 | |
|         free(row_data);
 | |
|         free(alpha);
 | |
|         return NS_OK;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     } 
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsresult NS_NewSelectionImageService(nsISelectionImageService** aResult)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   *aResult = new SelectionImageService;
 | |
|   if (!*aResult)
 | |
|     return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
 | |
|   NS_ADDREF(*aResult);
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| //end selection service
 | |
| 
 | |
| // a handy utility to set font
 | |
| void SetFontFromStyle(nsIRenderingContext* aRC, nsStyleContext* aSC) 
 | |
| {
 | |
|   const nsStyleFont* font = aSC->GetStyleFont();
 | |
|   const nsStyleVisibility* visibility = aSC->GetStyleVisibility();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   aRC->SetFont(font->mFont, visibility->mLangGroup);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsresult
 | |
| NS_NewEmptyFrame(nsIPresShell* aPresShell, nsIFrame** aNewFrame)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   NS_PRECONDITION(aNewFrame, "null OUT ptr");
 | |
|   if (nsnull == aNewFrame) {
 | |
|     return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   nsFrame* it = new (aPresShell) nsFrame;
 | |
|   if (nsnull == it) {
 | |
|     return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   *aNewFrame = it;
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| MOZ_DECL_CTOR_COUNTER(nsFrame)
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Overloaded new operator. Initializes the memory to 0 and relies on an arena
 | |
| // (which comes from the presShell) to perform the allocation.
 | |
| void* 
 | |
| nsFrame::operator new(size_t sz, nsIPresShell* aPresShell) CPP_THROW_NEW
 | |
| {
 | |
|   // Check the recycle list first.
 | |
|   void* result = aPresShell->AllocateFrame(sz);
 | |
|   
 | |
|   if (result) {
 | |
|     memset(result, 0, sz);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return result;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Overridden to prevent the global delete from being called, since the memory
 | |
| // came out of an nsIArena instead of the global delete operator's heap.
 | |
| void 
 | |
| nsFrame::operator delete(void* aPtr, size_t sz)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   // Don't let the memory be freed, since it will be recycled
 | |
|   // instead. Don't call the global operator delete.
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Stash the size of the object in the first four bytes of the
 | |
|   // freed up memory.  The Destroy method can then use this information
 | |
|   // to recycle the object.
 | |
|   size_t* szPtr = (size_t*)aPtr;
 | |
|   *szPtr = sz;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsFrame::nsFrame()
 | |
| {
 | |
|   MOZ_COUNT_CTOR(nsFrame);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   mState = NS_FRAME_FIRST_REFLOW | NS_FRAME_SYNC_FRAME_AND_VIEW |
 | |
|     NS_FRAME_IS_DIRTY;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsFrame::~nsFrame()
 | |
| {
 | |
|   MOZ_COUNT_DTOR(nsFrame);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   NS_IF_RELEASE(mContent);
 | |
|   if (mStyleContext)
 | |
|     mStyleContext->Release();
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | |
| // nsISupports
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsresult nsFrame::QueryInterface(const nsIID& aIID, void** aInstancePtr)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   NS_PRECONDITION(aInstancePtr, "null out param");
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef DEBUG
 | |
|   if (aIID.Equals(NS_GET_IID(nsIFrameDebug))) {
 | |
|     *aInstancePtr = NS_STATIC_CAST(void*,NS_STATIC_CAST(nsIFrameDebug*,this));
 | |
|     return NS_OK;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (aIID.Equals(NS_GET_IID(nsIFrame)) ||
 | |
|       aIID.Equals(NS_GET_IID(nsISupports))) {
 | |
|     *aInstancePtr = NS_STATIC_CAST(void*,NS_STATIC_CAST(nsIFrame*,this));
 | |
|     return NS_OK;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   *aInstancePtr = nsnull;
 | |
|   return NS_NOINTERFACE;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsrefcnt nsFrame::AddRef(void)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   NS_WARNING("not supported for frames");
 | |
|   return 1;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsrefcnt nsFrame::Release(void)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   NS_WARNING("not supported for frames");
 | |
|   return 1;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 | |
| // nsIFrame
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| nsFrame::Init(nsPresContext*  aPresContext,
 | |
|               nsIContent*      aContent,
 | |
|               nsIFrame*        aParent,
 | |
|               nsStyleContext*  aContext,
 | |
|               nsIFrame*        aPrevInFlow)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   mContent = aContent;
 | |
|   NS_IF_ADDREF(mContent);
 | |
|   mParent = aParent;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (aPrevInFlow) {
 | |
|     // Make sure the general flags bits are the same
 | |
|     nsFrameState state = aPrevInFlow->GetStateBits();
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // Make bits that are currently on (see constructor) the same:
 | |
|     mState &= state | ~(NS_FRAME_SYNC_FRAME_AND_VIEW);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // Make bits that are currently off (see constructor) the same:
 | |
|     mState |= state & (NS_FRAME_REPLACED_ELEMENT |
 | |
|                        NS_FRAME_SELECTED_CONTENT |
 | |
|                        NS_FRAME_INDEPENDENT_SELECTION |
 | |
|                        NS_FRAME_IS_SPECIAL);
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   if (mParent) {
 | |
|     nsFrameState state = mParent->GetStateBits();
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // Make bits that are currently off (see constructor) the same:
 | |
|     mState |= state & (NS_FRAME_INDEPENDENT_SELECTION |
 | |
|                        NS_FRAME_GENERATED_CONTENT);
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   SetStyleContext(aPresContext, aContext);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (IsBoxWrapped())
 | |
|     InitBoxMetrics(PR_FALSE);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP nsFrame::SetInitialChildList(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
 | |
|                                            nsIAtom*        aListName,
 | |
|                                            nsIFrame*       aChildList)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   // XXX This shouldn't be getting called at all, but currently is for backwards
 | |
|   // compatility reasons...
 | |
| #if 0
 | |
|   NS_ERROR("not a container");
 | |
|   return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
 | |
| #else
 | |
|   NS_ASSERTION(nsnull == aChildList, "not a container");
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| nsFrame::AppendFrames(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
 | |
|                       nsIPresShell&   aPresShell,
 | |
|                       nsIAtom*        aListName,
 | |
|                       nsIFrame*       aFrameList)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   NS_PRECONDITION(PR_FALSE, "not a container");
 | |
|   return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| nsFrame::InsertFrames(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
 | |
|                       nsIPresShell&   aPresShell,
 | |
|                       nsIAtom*        aListName,
 | |
|                       nsIFrame*       aPrevFrame,
 | |
|                       nsIFrame*       aFrameList)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   NS_PRECONDITION(PR_FALSE, "not a container");
 | |
|   return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| nsFrame::RemoveFrame(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
 | |
|                      nsIPresShell&   aPresShell,
 | |
|                      nsIAtom*        aListName,
 | |
|                      nsIFrame*       aOldFrame)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   NS_PRECONDITION(PR_FALSE, "not a container");
 | |
|   return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| nsFrame::ReplaceFrame(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
 | |
|                       nsIPresShell&   aPresShell,
 | |
|                       nsIAtom*        aListName,
 | |
|                       nsIFrame*       aOldFrame,
 | |
|                       nsIFrame*       aNewFrame)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   NS_PRECONDITION(PR_FALSE, "not a container");
 | |
|   return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| nsFrame::Destroy(nsPresContext* aPresContext)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   // Get the view pointer now before the frame properties disappear
 | |
|   // when we call NotifyDestroyingFrame()
 | |
|   nsIView* view = GetView();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsIPresShell *shell = aPresContext->GetPresShell();
 | |
|   if (shell) {
 | |
|     // If the frame contains generated context, remove it from
 | |
|     // the quoteList.
 | |
|     if (mState & NS_FRAME_GENERATED_CONTENT) {
 | |
|       shell->FrameConstructor()->GeneratedContentFrameRemoved(this);
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // XXX Rather than always doing this it would be better if it was part of
 | |
|     // a frame observer mechanism and the pres shell could register as an
 | |
|     // observer of the frame while the reflow command is pending...
 | |
|     shell->NotifyDestroyingFrame(this);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if ((mState & NS_FRAME_EXTERNAL_REFERENCE) ||
 | |
|         (mState & NS_FRAME_SELECTED_CONTENT)) {
 | |
|       shell->ClearFrameRefs(this);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   //XXX Why is this done in nsFrame instead of some frame class
 | |
|   // that actually loads images?
 | |
|   aPresContext->StopImagesFor(this);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (view) {
 | |
|     // Break association between view and frame
 | |
|     view->SetClientData(nsnull);
 | |
|     
 | |
|     // Destroy the view
 | |
|     view->Destroy();
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Deleting the frame doesn't really free the memory, since we're using an
 | |
|   // arena for allocation, but we will get our destructors called.
 | |
|   delete this;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Now that we're totally cleaned out, we need to add ourselves to the presshell's
 | |
|   // recycler.
 | |
|   size_t* sz = (size_t*)this;
 | |
|   shell->FreeFrame(*sz, (void*)this);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| nsFrame::GetOffsets(PRInt32 &aStart, PRInt32 &aEnd) const
 | |
| {
 | |
|   aStart = 0;
 | |
|   aEnd = 0;
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Subclass hook for style post processing
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP nsFrame::DidSetStyleContext(nsPresContext* aPresContext)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP  nsFrame::CalcBorderPadding(nsMargin& aBorderPadding) const {
 | |
|   NS_ASSERTION(mStyleContext!=nsnull,"null style context");
 | |
|   if (mStyleContext) {
 | |
|     nsStyleBorderPadding bpad;
 | |
|     mStyleContext->GetBorderPaddingFor(bpad);
 | |
|     if (!bpad.GetBorderPadding(aBorderPadding)) {
 | |
|       const nsStylePadding* paddingStyle = GetStylePadding();
 | |
|       paddingStyle->CalcPaddingFor(this, aBorderPadding);
 | |
|       const nsStyleBorder* borderStyle = GetStyleBorder();
 | |
|       nsMargin  border;
 | |
|       if (borderStyle->GetBorder(border)) {
 | |
|         aBorderPadding += border;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     return NS_OK;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsStyleContext*
 | |
| nsFrame::GetAdditionalStyleContext(PRInt32 aIndex) const
 | |
| {
 | |
|   NS_PRECONDITION(aIndex >= 0, "invalid index number");
 | |
|   return nsnull;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| nsFrame::SetAdditionalStyleContext(PRInt32 aIndex, 
 | |
|                                    nsStyleContext* aStyleContext)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   NS_PRECONDITION(aIndex >= 0, "invalid index number");
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Child frame enumeration
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsIAtom*
 | |
| nsFrame::GetAdditionalChildListName(PRInt32 aIndex) const
 | |
| {
 | |
|   NS_PRECONDITION(aIndex >= 0, "invalid index number");
 | |
|   return nsnull;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsIFrame*
 | |
| nsFrame::GetFirstChild(nsIAtom* aListName) const
 | |
| {
 | |
|   return nsnull;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| PRInt16
 | |
| nsFrame::DisplaySelection(nsPresContext* aPresContext, PRBool isOkToTurnOn)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   PRInt16 selType = nsISelectionController::SELECTION_OFF;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsCOMPtr<nsISelectionController> selCon;
 | |
|   nsresult result = GetSelectionController(aPresContext, getter_AddRefs(selCon));
 | |
|   if (NS_SUCCEEDED(result) && selCon) {
 | |
|     result = selCon->GetDisplaySelection(&selType);
 | |
|     if (NS_SUCCEEDED(result) && (selType != nsISelectionController::SELECTION_OFF)) {
 | |
|       // Check whether style allows selection.
 | |
|       PRBool selectable;
 | |
|       IsSelectable(&selectable, nsnull);
 | |
|       if (!selectable) {
 | |
|         selType = nsISelectionController::SELECTION_OFF;
 | |
|         isOkToTurnOn = PR_FALSE;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     if (isOkToTurnOn && (selType == nsISelectionController::SELECTION_OFF)) {
 | |
|       selCon->SetDisplaySelection(nsISelectionController::SELECTION_ON);
 | |
|       selType = nsISelectionController::SELECTION_ON;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return selType;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| nsFrame::SetOverflowClipRect(nsIRenderingContext& aRenderingContext)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   // 'overflow-clip' only applies to block-level elements and replaced
 | |
|   // elements that have 'overflow' set to 'hidden', and it is relative
 | |
|   // to the content area and applies to content only (not border or background)
 | |
|   const nsStyleBorder* borderStyle = GetStyleBorder();
 | |
|   const nsStylePadding* paddingStyle = GetStylePadding();
 | |
|   
 | |
|   // Start with the 'auto' values and then factor in user specified values
 | |
|   nsRect  clipRect(0, 0, mRect.width, mRect.height);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // XXX We don't support the 'overflow-clip' property yet, so just use the
 | |
|   // content area (which is the default value) as the clip shape
 | |
|   nsMargin  border, padding;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   borderStyle->GetBorder(border);
 | |
|   clipRect.Deflate(border);
 | |
|   // XXX We need to handle percentage padding
 | |
|   if (paddingStyle->GetPadding(padding)) {
 | |
|     clipRect.Deflate(padding);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Set updated clip-rect into the rendering context
 | |
|   aRenderingContext.SetClipRect(clipRect, nsClipCombine_kIntersect);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /********************************************************
 | |
| * Refreshes each content's frame
 | |
| *********************************************************/
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| nsFrame::Paint(nsPresContext*      aPresContext,
 | |
|                nsIRenderingContext& aRenderingContext,
 | |
|                const nsRect&        aDirtyRect,
 | |
|                nsFramePaintLayer    aWhichLayer,
 | |
|                PRUint32             aFlags)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (aWhichLayer != NS_FRAME_PAINT_LAYER_FOREGROUND)
 | |
|     return NS_OK;
 | |
|   
 | |
|   nsresult result; 
 | |
|   nsIPresShell *shell = aPresContext->PresShell();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   PRInt16 displaySelection = nsISelectionDisplay::DISPLAY_ALL;
 | |
|   if (!(aFlags & nsISelectionDisplay::DISPLAY_IMAGES))
 | |
|   {
 | |
|     result = shell->GetSelectionFlags(&displaySelection);
 | |
|     if (NS_FAILED(result))
 | |
|       return result;
 | |
|     if (!(displaySelection & nsISelectionDisplay::DISPLAY_FRAMES))
 | |
|       return NS_OK;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
| //check frame selection state
 | |
|   PRBool isSelected;
 | |
|   isSelected = (GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_SELECTED_CONTENT) == NS_FRAME_SELECTED_CONTENT;
 | |
| //if not selected then return 
 | |
|   if (!isSelected)
 | |
|     return NS_OK; //nothing to do
 | |
| 
 | |
| //get the selection controller
 | |
|   nsCOMPtr<nsISelectionController> selCon;
 | |
|   result = GetSelectionController(aPresContext, getter_AddRefs(selCon));
 | |
|   PRInt16 selectionValue;
 | |
|   selCon->GetDisplaySelection(&selectionValue);
 | |
|   displaySelection = selectionValue > nsISelectionController::SELECTION_HIDDEN;
 | |
| //check display selection state.
 | |
|   if (!displaySelection)
 | |
|     return NS_OK; //if frame does not allow selection. do nothing
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsIContent *newContent = mContent->GetParent();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   //check to see if we are anonymous content
 | |
|   PRInt32 offset = 0;
 | |
|   if (newContent) {
 | |
|     // XXXbz there has GOT to be a better way of determining this!
 | |
|     offset = newContent->IndexOf(mContent);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   SelectionDetails *details;
 | |
|   if (NS_SUCCEEDED(result) && shell)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|     nsCOMPtr<nsIFrameSelection> frameSelection;
 | |
|     if (NS_SUCCEEDED(result) && selCon)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       frameSelection = do_QueryInterface(selCon); //this MAY implement
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     if (!frameSelection)
 | |
|       frameSelection = shell->FrameSelection();
 | |
|     result = frameSelection->LookUpSelection(newContent, offset, 
 | |
|                                              1, &details, PR_FALSE);//look up to see what selection(s) are on this frame
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   
 | |
|   if (details)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|     nsRect rect = GetRect();
 | |
|     rect.width-=2;
 | |
|     rect.height-=2;
 | |
|     rect.x=1; //we are in the coordinate system of the frame now with regards to the rendering context.
 | |
|     rect.y=1;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     nsCOMPtr<nsISelectionImageService> imageService;
 | |
|     imageService = do_GetService(kSelectionImageService, &result);
 | |
|     if (NS_SUCCEEDED(result) && imageService)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       nsCOMPtr<imgIContainer> container;
 | |
|       imageService->GetImage(selectionValue, getter_AddRefs(container));
 | |
|       if (container)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|         nsRect rect(0, 0, mRect.width, mRect.height);
 | |
|         rect.IntersectRect(rect,aDirtyRect);
 | |
|         aRenderingContext.DrawTile(container,0,0,&rect);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     
 | |
|     
 | |
|     SelectionDetails *deletingDetails = details;
 | |
|     while ((deletingDetails = details->mNext) != nsnull) {
 | |
|       delete details;
 | |
|       details = deletingDetails;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     delete details;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| nsFrame::PaintSelf(nsPresContext*      aPresContext,
 | |
|                    nsIRenderingContext& aRenderingContext,
 | |
|                    const nsRect&        aDirtyRect,
 | |
|                    PRIntn               aSkipSides,
 | |
|                    PRBool               aUsePrintBackgroundSettings)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   // The visibility check belongs here since child elements have the
 | |
|   // opportunity to override the visibility property and display even if
 | |
|   // their parent is hidden.
 | |
| 
 | |
|   PRBool isVisible;
 | |
|   if (mRect.height == 0 || mRect.width == 0 ||
 | |
|       NS_FAILED(IsVisibleForPainting(aPresContext, aRenderingContext,
 | |
|                                      PR_TRUE, &isVisible)) ||
 | |
|       !isVisible) {
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Paint our background and border
 | |
|   const nsStyleBorder* border = GetStyleBorder();
 | |
|   const nsStylePadding* padding = GetStylePadding();
 | |
|   const nsStyleOutline* outline = GetStyleOutline();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsRect rect(0, 0, mRect.width, mRect.height);
 | |
|   nsCSSRendering::PaintBackground(aPresContext, aRenderingContext, this,
 | |
|                                   aDirtyRect, rect, *border, *padding,
 | |
|                                   aUsePrintBackgroundSettings);
 | |
|   nsCSSRendering::PaintBorder(aPresContext, aRenderingContext, this,
 | |
|                               aDirtyRect, rect, *border, mStyleContext,
 | |
|                               aSkipSides);
 | |
|   nsCSSRendering::PaintOutline(aPresContext, aRenderingContext, this,
 | |
|                                aDirtyRect, rect, *border, *outline,
 | |
|                                mStyleContext, 0);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|   *
 | |
|  */
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP  
 | |
| nsFrame::GetContentForEvent(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
 | |
|                             nsEvent* aEvent,
 | |
|                             nsIContent** aContent)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   *aContent = GetContent();
 | |
|   NS_IF_ADDREF(*aContent);
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|   *
 | |
|  */
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| nsFrame::HandleEvent(nsPresContext* aPresContext, 
 | |
|                      nsGUIEvent*     aEvent,
 | |
|                      nsEventStatus*  aEventStatus)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   switch (aEvent->message)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|   case NS_MOUSE_MOVE:
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       HandleDrag(aPresContext, aEvent, aEventStatus);
 | |
|     }break;
 | |
|   case NS_MOUSE_LEFT_BUTTON_DOWN:
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       HandlePress(aPresContext, aEvent, aEventStatus);
 | |
|     }break;
 | |
|   case NS_MOUSE_LEFT_BUTTON_UP:
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       HandleRelease(aPresContext, aEvent, aEventStatus);
 | |
|     } break;
 | |
|   default:
 | |
|     break;
 | |
|   }//end switch
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| nsFrame::GetDataForTableSelection(nsIFrameSelection *aFrameSelection, 
 | |
|                                   nsIPresShell *aPresShell, nsMouseEvent *aMouseEvent, 
 | |
|                                   nsIContent **aParentContent, PRInt32 *aContentOffset, PRInt32 *aTarget)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (!aFrameSelection || !aPresShell || !aMouseEvent || !aParentContent || !aContentOffset || !aTarget)
 | |
|     return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   *aParentContent = nsnull;
 | |
|   *aContentOffset = 0;
 | |
|   *aTarget = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   PRInt16 displaySelection;
 | |
|   nsresult result = aPresShell->GetSelectionFlags(&displaySelection);
 | |
|   if (NS_FAILED(result))
 | |
|     return result;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   PRBool selectingTableCells = PR_FALSE;
 | |
|   aFrameSelection->GetTableCellSelection(&selectingTableCells);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // DISPLAY_ALL means we're in an editor.
 | |
|   // If already in cell selection mode, 
 | |
|   //  continue selecting with mouse drag or end on mouse up,
 | |
|   //  or when using shift key to extend block of cells
 | |
|   //  (Mouse down does normal selection unless Ctrl/Cmd is pressed)
 | |
|   PRBool doTableSelection =
 | |
|      displaySelection == nsISelectionDisplay::DISPLAY_ALL && selectingTableCells &&
 | |
|      (aMouseEvent->message == NS_MOUSE_MOVE ||
 | |
|       aMouseEvent->message == NS_MOUSE_LEFT_BUTTON_UP || 
 | |
|       aMouseEvent->isShift);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (!doTableSelection)
 | |
|   {  
 | |
|     // In Browser, special 'table selection' key must be pressed for table selection
 | |
|     // or when just Shift is pressed and we're already in table/cell selection mode
 | |
| #if defined(XP_MAC) || defined(XP_MACOSX)
 | |
|     doTableSelection = aMouseEvent->isMeta || (aMouseEvent->isShift && selectingTableCells);
 | |
| #else
 | |
|     doTableSelection = aMouseEvent->isControl || (aMouseEvent->isShift && selectingTableCells);
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   if (!doTableSelection) 
 | |
|     return NS_OK;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Get the cell frame or table frame (or parent) of the current content node
 | |
|   nsIFrame *frame = this;
 | |
|   PRBool foundCell = PR_FALSE;
 | |
|   PRBool foundTable = PR_FALSE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Get the limiting node to stop parent frame search
 | |
|   nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> limiter;
 | |
|   result = aFrameSelection->GetLimiter(getter_AddRefs(limiter));
 | |
| 
 | |
|   //We don't initiate row/col selection from here now,
 | |
|   //  but we may in future
 | |
|   //PRBool selectColumn = PR_FALSE;
 | |
|   //PRBool selectRow = PR_FALSE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   while (frame && NS_SUCCEEDED(result))
 | |
|   {
 | |
|     // Check for a table cell by querying to a known CellFrame interface
 | |
|     nsITableCellLayout *cellElement;
 | |
|     result = (frame)->QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsITableCellLayout), (void **)&cellElement);
 | |
|     if (NS_SUCCEEDED(result) && cellElement)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       foundCell = PR_TRUE;
 | |
|       //TODO: If we want to use proximity to top or left border
 | |
|       //      for row and column selection, this is the place to do it
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     else
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       // If not a cell, check for table
 | |
|       // This will happen when starting frame is the table or child of a table,
 | |
|       //  such as a row (we were inbetween cells or in table border)
 | |
|       nsITableLayout *tableElement;
 | |
|       result = (frame)->QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsITableLayout), (void **)&tableElement);
 | |
|       if (NS_SUCCEEDED(result) && tableElement)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|         foundTable = PR_TRUE;
 | |
|         //TODO: How can we select row when along left table edge
 | |
|         //  or select column when along top edge?
 | |
|         break;
 | |
|       } else {
 | |
|         frame = frame->GetParent();
 | |
|         result = NS_OK;
 | |
|         // Stop if we have hit the selection's limiting content node
 | |
|         if (frame && frame->GetContent() == limiter.get())
 | |
|           break;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   // We aren't in a cell or table
 | |
|   if (!foundCell && !foundTable) return NS_OK;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsIContent* tableOrCellContent = frame->GetContent();
 | |
|   if (!tableOrCellContent) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> parentContent = tableOrCellContent->GetParent();
 | |
|   if (!parentContent) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   PRInt32 offset = parentContent->IndexOf(tableOrCellContent);
 | |
|   // Not likely?
 | |
|   if (offset < 0) return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Everything is OK -- set the return values
 | |
|   *aParentContent = parentContent;
 | |
|   NS_ADDREF(*aParentContent);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   *aContentOffset = offset;
 | |
| 
 | |
| #if 0
 | |
|   if (selectRow)
 | |
|     *aTarget = nsISelectionPrivate::TABLESELECTION_ROW;
 | |
|   else if (selectColumn)
 | |
|     *aTarget = nsISelectionPrivate::TABLESELECTION_COLUMN;
 | |
|   else 
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|   if (foundCell)
 | |
|     *aTarget = nsISelectionPrivate::TABLESELECTION_CELL;
 | |
|   else if (foundTable)
 | |
|     *aTarget = nsISelectionPrivate::TABLESELECTION_TABLE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| nsFrame::FrameOrParentHasSpecialSelectionStyle(PRUint8 aSelectionStyle, nsIFrame* *foundFrame)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   nsIFrame* thisFrame = this;
 | |
|   
 | |
|   while (thisFrame)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|     if (thisFrame->GetStyleUserInterface()->mUserSelect == aSelectionStyle)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       *foundFrame = thisFrame;
 | |
|       return NS_OK;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   
 | |
|     thisFrame = thisFrame->GetParent();
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   
 | |
|   *foundFrame = nsnull;
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| nsFrame::IsSelectable(PRBool* aSelectable, PRUint8* aSelectStyle) const
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (!aSelectable) //its ok if aSelectStyle is null
 | |
|     return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Like 'visibility', we must check all the parents: if a parent
 | |
|   // is not selectable, none of its children is selectable.
 | |
|   //
 | |
|   // The -moz-all value acts similarly: if a frame has 'user-select:-moz-all',
 | |
|   // all its children are selectable, even those with 'user-select:none'.
 | |
|   //
 | |
|   // As a result, if 'none' and '-moz-all' are not present in the frame hierarchy,
 | |
|   // aSelectStyle returns the first style that is not AUTO. If these values
 | |
|   // are present in the frame hierarchy, aSelectStyle returns the style of the
 | |
|   // topmost parent that has either 'none' or '-moz-all'.
 | |
|   //
 | |
|   // For instance, if the frame hierarchy is:
 | |
|   //    AUTO     -> _MOZ_ALL -> NONE -> TEXT,     the returned value is _MOZ_ALL
 | |
|   //    TEXT     -> NONE     -> AUTO -> _MOZ_ALL, the returned value is NONE
 | |
|   //    _MOZ_ALL -> TEXT     -> AUTO -> AUTO,     the returned value is _MOZ_ALL
 | |
|   //    AUTO     -> CELL     -> TEXT -> AUTO,     the returned value is TEXT
 | |
|   //
 | |
|   PRUint8 selectStyle  = NS_STYLE_USER_SELECT_AUTO;
 | |
|   nsIFrame* frame      = (nsIFrame*)this;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   while (frame) {
 | |
|     const nsStyleUIReset* userinterface = frame->GetStyleUIReset();
 | |
|     switch (userinterface->mUserSelect) {
 | |
|       case NS_STYLE_USER_SELECT_ALL:
 | |
|       case NS_STYLE_USER_SELECT_NONE:
 | |
|       case NS_STYLE_USER_SELECT_MOZ_ALL:
 | |
|         // override the previous values
 | |
|         selectStyle = userinterface->mUserSelect;
 | |
|         break;
 | |
|       default:
 | |
|         // otherwise return the first value which is not 'auto'
 | |
|         if (selectStyle == NS_STYLE_USER_SELECT_AUTO) {
 | |
|           selectStyle = userinterface->mUserSelect;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|         break;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     frame = frame->GetParent();
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // convert internal values to standard values
 | |
|   if (selectStyle == NS_STYLE_USER_SELECT_AUTO)
 | |
|     selectStyle = NS_STYLE_USER_SELECT_TEXT;
 | |
|   else
 | |
|   if (selectStyle == NS_STYLE_USER_SELECT_MOZ_ALL)
 | |
|     selectStyle = NS_STYLE_USER_SELECT_ALL;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // return stuff
 | |
|   if (aSelectable)
 | |
|     *aSelectable = (selectStyle != NS_STYLE_USER_SELECT_NONE);
 | |
|   if (aSelectStyle)
 | |
|     *aSelectStyle = selectStyle;
 | |
|   if (mState & NS_FRAME_GENERATED_CONTENT)
 | |
|     *aSelectable = PR_FALSE;
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| PRBool
 | |
| ContentContainsPoint(nsPresContext *aPresContext,
 | |
|                      nsIContent *aContent,
 | |
|                      nsPoint *aPoint,
 | |
|                      nsIView *aRelativeView)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   nsIPresShell *presShell = aPresContext->GetPresShell();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (!presShell) return PR_FALSE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsIFrame *frame = nsnull;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsresult rv = presShell->GetPrimaryFrameFor(aContent, &frame);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !frame) return PR_FALSE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsIView *frameView = nsnull;
 | |
|   nsPoint offsetPoint;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Get the view that contains the content's frame.
 | |
| 
 | |
|   rv = frame->GetOffsetFromView(offsetPoint, &frameView);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !frameView) return PR_FALSE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // aPoint is relative to aRelativeView's upper left corner! Make sure
 | |
|   // that our point is in the same view space our content frame's
 | |
|   // rects are in.
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsPoint point = *aPoint + aRelativeView->GetOffsetTo(frameView);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Now check to see if the point is within the bounds of the
 | |
|   // content's primary frame, or any of it's continuation frames.
 | |
| 
 | |
|   while (frame) {
 | |
|     // Get the frame's rect and make it relative to the
 | |
|     // upper left corner of it's parent view.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     nsRect frameRect = frame->GetRect();
 | |
|     frameRect.x = offsetPoint.x;
 | |
|     frameRect.y = offsetPoint.y;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (frameRect.Contains(point)) {
 | |
|       // point is within this frame's rect!
 | |
|       return PR_TRUE;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     frame = frame->GetNextInFlow();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return PR_FALSE;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|   * Handles the Mouse Press Event for the frame
 | |
|  */
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| nsFrame::HandlePress(nsPresContext* aPresContext, 
 | |
|                      nsGUIEvent*     aEvent,
 | |
|                      nsEventStatus*  aEventStatus)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aEventStatus);
 | |
|   if (nsEventStatus_eConsumeNoDefault == *aEventStatus) {
 | |
|     return NS_OK;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   //We often get out of sync state issues with mousedown events that
 | |
|   //get interrupted by alerts/dialogs.
 | |
|   //Check with the ESM to see if we should process this one
 | |
|   PRBool eventOK;
 | |
|   aPresContext->EventStateManager()->EventStatusOK(aEvent, &eventOK);
 | |
|   if (!eventOK) 
 | |
|     return NS_OK;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsresult rv;
 | |
|   nsIPresShell *shell = aPresContext->GetPresShell();
 | |
|   if (!shell)
 | |
|     return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // if we are in Navigator and the click is in a draggable node, we don't want
 | |
|   // to start selection because we don't want to interfere with a potential
 | |
|   // drag of said node and steal all its glory.
 | |
|   PRInt16 isEditor = 0;
 | |
|   shell->GetSelectionFlags ( &isEditor );
 | |
|   //weaaak. only the editor can display frame selction not just text and images
 | |
|   isEditor = isEditor == nsISelectionDisplay::DISPLAY_ALL;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsKeyEvent* keyEvent = (nsKeyEvent*)aEvent;
 | |
|   if (!isEditor && !keyEvent->isAlt) {
 | |
|     
 | |
|     for (nsIContent* content = mContent; content;
 | |
|          content = content->GetParent()) {
 | |
|       if ( nsContentUtils::ContentIsDraggable(content) ) {
 | |
|         // coordinate stuff is the fix for bug #55921
 | |
|         nsIView *dummyView = 0;
 | |
|         nsRect frameRect = mRect;
 | |
|         nsPoint offsetPoint;
 | |
| 
 | |
|         GetOffsetFromView(offsetPoint, &dummyView);
 | |
| 
 | |
|         frameRect.x = offsetPoint.x;
 | |
|         frameRect.y = offsetPoint.y;
 | |
| 
 | |
|         if (frameRect.x <= aEvent->point.x && (frameRect.x + frameRect.width >= aEvent->point.x) &&
 | |
|             frameRect.y <= aEvent->point.y && (frameRect.y + frameRect.height >= aEvent->point.y))
 | |
|           return NS_OK;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   } // if browser, not editor
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // check whether style allows selection
 | |
|   // if not, don't tell selection the mouse event even occurred.  
 | |
|   PRBool  selectable;
 | |
|   PRUint8 selectStyle;
 | |
|   rv = IsSelectable(&selectable, &selectStyle);
 | |
|   if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
 | |
|   
 | |
|   // check for select: none
 | |
|   if (!selectable)
 | |
|     return NS_OK;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // When implementing NS_STYLE_USER_SELECT_ELEMENT, NS_STYLE_USER_SELECT_ELEMENTS and
 | |
|   // NS_STYLE_USER_SELECT_TOGGLE, need to change this logic
 | |
|   PRBool useFrameSelection = (selectStyle == NS_STYLE_USER_SELECT_TEXT);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (!IsMouseCaptured(aPresContext))
 | |
|     CaptureMouse(aPresContext, PR_TRUE);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   PRInt16 displayresult = nsISelectionController::SELECTION_OFF;
 | |
|   nsCOMPtr<nsISelectionController> selCon;
 | |
|   rv = GetSelectionController(aPresContext, getter_AddRefs(selCon));
 | |
|   //get the selection controller
 | |
|   if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && selCon) 
 | |
|   {
 | |
|     selCon->GetDisplaySelection(&displayresult);
 | |
|     if (displayresult == nsISelectionController::SELECTION_OFF)
 | |
|       return NS_OK;//nothing to do we cannot affect selection from here
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   //get the frame selection from sel controller
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // nsFrameState  state = GetStateBits();
 | |
|   // if (state & NS_FRAME_INDEPENDENT_SELECTION) 
 | |
|   nsCOMPtr<nsIFrameSelection> frameselection;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (useFrameSelection)
 | |
|     frameselection = do_QueryInterface(selCon); //this MAY implement
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (!frameselection)//if we must get it from the pres shell's
 | |
|     frameselection = shell->FrameSelection();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (!frameselection)
 | |
|     return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsMouseEvent *me = (nsMouseEvent *)aEvent;
 | |
| 
 | |
| #if defined(XP_MAC) || defined(XP_MACOSX)
 | |
|   if (me->isControl)
 | |
|     return NS_OK;//short ciruit. hard coded for mac due to time restraints.
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|     
 | |
|   if (me->clickCount >1 )
 | |
|   {
 | |
|     rv = frameselection->SetMouseDownState( PR_TRUE );
 | |
|   
 | |
|     frameselection->SetMouseDoubleDown(PR_TRUE);
 | |
|     return HandleMultiplePress(aPresContext, aEvent, aEventStatus);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> content;
 | |
|   PRInt32 startOffset = 0, endOffset = 0;
 | |
|   PRBool  beginFrameContent = PR_FALSE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   rv = GetContentAndOffsetsFromPoint(aPresContext, aEvent->point, getter_AddRefs(content), startOffset, endOffset, beginFrameContent);
 | |
|   // do we have CSS that changes selection behaviour?
 | |
|   PRBool changeSelection = PR_FALSE;
 | |
|   {
 | |
|     nsCOMPtr<nsIContent>  selectContent;
 | |
|     PRInt32   newStart, newEnd;
 | |
|     if (NS_SUCCEEDED(frameselection->AdjustOffsetsFromStyle(this, &changeSelection, getter_AddRefs(selectContent), &newStart, &newEnd))
 | |
|       && changeSelection)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       content = selectContent;
 | |
|       startOffset = newStart;
 | |
|       endOffset = newEnd;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (NS_FAILED(rv))
 | |
|     return rv;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Let Ctrl/Cmd+mouse down do table selection instead of drag initiation
 | |
|   nsCOMPtr<nsIContent>parentContent;
 | |
|   PRInt32  contentOffset;
 | |
|   PRInt32 target;
 | |
|   rv = GetDataForTableSelection(frameselection, shell, me, getter_AddRefs(parentContent), &contentOffset, &target);
 | |
|   if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && parentContent)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|     rv = frameselection->SetMouseDownState( PR_TRUE );
 | |
|     if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
 | |
|   
 | |
|     return frameselection->HandleTableSelection(parentContent, contentOffset, target, me);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   PRBool supportsDelay = PR_FALSE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   frameselection->GetDelayCaretOverExistingSelection(&supportsDelay);
 | |
|   frameselection->SetDelayedCaretData(0);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (supportsDelay)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|     // Check if any part of this frame is selected, and if the
 | |
|     // user clicked inside the selected region. If so, we delay
 | |
|     // starting a new selection since the user may be trying to
 | |
|     // drag the selected region to some other app.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     SelectionDetails *details = 0;
 | |
|     PRBool isSelected = ((GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_SELECTED_CONTENT) == NS_FRAME_SELECTED_CONTENT);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (isSelected)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       rv = frameselection->LookUpSelection(content, 0, endOffset, &details, PR_FALSE);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (NS_FAILED(rv))
 | |
|         return rv;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       //
 | |
|       // If there are any details, check to see if the user clicked
 | |
|       // within any selected region of the frame.
 | |
|       //
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (details)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|         SelectionDetails *curDetail = details;
 | |
| 
 | |
|         while (curDetail)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|           //
 | |
|           // If the user clicked inside a selection, then just
 | |
|           // return without doing anything. We will handle placing
 | |
|           // the caret later on when the mouse is released.
 | |
|           //
 | |
|           if (curDetail->mStart <= startOffset && endOffset <= curDetail->mEnd)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|             delete details;
 | |
|             rv = frameselection->SetMouseDownState( PR_FALSE );
 | |
| 
 | |
|             if (NS_FAILED(rv))
 | |
|               return rv;
 | |
| 
 | |
|             return frameselection->SetDelayedCaretData(me);
 | |
|           }
 | |
| 
 | |
|           curDetail = curDetail->mNext;
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         delete details;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   rv = frameselection->SetMouseDownState( PR_TRUE );
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (NS_FAILED(rv))
 | |
|     return rv;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   rv = frameselection->HandleClick(content, startOffset , endOffset, me->isShift, PR_FALSE, beginFrameContent);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (NS_FAILED(rv))
 | |
|     return rv;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (startOffset != endOffset)
 | |
|     frameselection->MaintainSelection();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (isEditor && !me->isShift && (endOffset - startOffset) == 1)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|     // A single node is selected and we aren't extending an existing
 | |
|     // selection, which means the user clicked directly on an object.
 | |
|     // Check if the user clicked in a -moz-user-select:all subtree,
 | |
|     // image, or hr. If so, we want to give the drag and drop
 | |
|     // code a chance to execute so we need to turn off selection extension
 | |
|     // when processing mouse move/drag events that follow this mouse
 | |
|     // down event.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     PRBool disableDragSelect = PR_FALSE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (changeSelection)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       // The click hilited a -moz-user-select:all subtree.
 | |
|       //
 | |
|       // XXX: We really should be able to just do a:
 | |
|       //
 | |
|       //        disableDragSelect = PR_TRUE;
 | |
|       //
 | |
|       //      but we are working around the fact that in some cases,
 | |
|       //      selection selects a -moz-user-select:all subtree even
 | |
|       //      when the click was outside of the subtree. An example of
 | |
|       //      this case would be when the subtree is at the end of a
 | |
|       //      line and the user clicks to the right of it. In this case
 | |
|       //      I would expect the caret to be placed next to the root of
 | |
|       //      the subtree, but right now the whole subtree gets selected.
 | |
|       //      This means that we have to do geometric frame containment
 | |
|       //      checks on the point to see if the user truly clicked
 | |
|       //      inside the subtree.
 | |
|       
 | |
|       nsIView *view = nsnull;
 | |
|       nsPoint dummyPoint;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       // aEvent->point is relative to the upper left corner of the
 | |
|       // frame's parent view. Unfortunately, the only way to get
 | |
|       // the parent view is to call GetOffsetFromView().
 | |
| 
 | |
|       GetOffsetFromView(dummyPoint, &view);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       // Now check to see if the point is truly within the bounds
 | |
|       // of any of the frames that make up the -moz-user-select:all subtree:
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (view)
 | |
|         disableDragSelect = ContentContainsPoint(aPresContext, content,
 | |
|                                                  &aEvent->point, view);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     else
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       // Check if click was in an image.
 | |
| 
 | |
|       nsIContent* frameContent = GetContent();
 | |
|       nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMHTMLImageElement> img(do_QueryInterface(frameContent));
 | |
| 
 | |
|       disableDragSelect = img != nsnull;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (!img)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|         // Check if click was in an hr.
 | |
| 
 | |
|         nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMHTMLHRElement> hr(do_QueryInterface(frameContent));
 | |
|         disableDragSelect = hr != nsnull;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (disableDragSelect)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       // Click was in one of our draggable objects, so disable
 | |
|       // selection extension during mouse moves.
 | |
| 
 | |
|       rv = frameselection->SetMouseDownState( PR_FALSE );
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return rv;
 | |
| }
 | |
|  
 | |
| /**
 | |
|   * Multiple Mouse Press -- line or paragraph selection -- for the frame.
 | |
|   * Wouldn't it be nice if this didn't have to be hardwired into Frame code?
 | |
|  */
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| nsFrame::HandleMultiplePress(nsPresContext* aPresContext, 
 | |
|                              nsGUIEvent*     aEvent,
 | |
|                              nsEventStatus*  aEventStatus)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aEventStatus);
 | |
|   if (nsEventStatus_eConsumeNoDefault == *aEventStatus) {
 | |
|     return NS_OK;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsresult rv;
 | |
|   if (DisplaySelection(aPresContext) == nsISelectionController::SELECTION_OFF) {
 | |
|     return NS_OK;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Find out whether we're doing line or paragraph selection.
 | |
|   // Currently, triple-click selects line unless the user sets
 | |
|   // browser.triple_click_selects_paragraph; quadruple-click
 | |
|   // selects paragraph, if any platform actually implements it.
 | |
|   PRBool selectPara = PR_FALSE;
 | |
|   nsMouseEvent *me = (nsMouseEvent *)aEvent;
 | |
|   if (!me) return NS_OK;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (me->clickCount == 4)
 | |
|     selectPara = PR_TRUE;
 | |
|   else if (me->clickCount == 3)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|     selectPara =
 | |
|       nsContentUtils::GetBoolPref("browser.triple_click_selects_paragraph");
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   else
 | |
|     return NS_OK;
 | |
| #ifdef DEBUG_akkana
 | |
|   if (selectPara) printf("Selecting Paragraph\n");
 | |
|   else printf("Selecting Line\n");
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Line or paragraph selection:
 | |
|   PRInt32 startPos = 0;
 | |
|   PRInt32 contentOffsetEnd = 0;
 | |
|   nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> newContent;
 | |
|   PRBool beginContent = PR_FALSE;
 | |
|   rv = GetContentAndOffsetsFromPoint(aPresContext,
 | |
|                                      aEvent->point,
 | |
|                                      getter_AddRefs(newContent),
 | |
|                                      startPos,
 | |
|                                      contentOffsetEnd,
 | |
|                                      beginContent);
 | |
|   if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
 | |
|   
 | |
|   
 | |
|   return PeekBackwardAndForward(selectPara ? eSelectParagraph
 | |
|                                            : eSelectBeginLine,
 | |
|                                 selectPara ? eSelectParagraph
 | |
|                                            : eSelectEndLine,
 | |
|                                 startPos, aPresContext, PR_TRUE);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| nsFrame::PeekBackwardAndForward(nsSelectionAmount aAmountBack,
 | |
|                                 nsSelectionAmount aAmountForward,
 | |
|                                 PRInt32 aStartPos,
 | |
|                                 nsPresContext* aPresContext,
 | |
|                                 PRBool aJumpLines)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   nsCOMPtr<nsISelectionController> selcon;
 | |
|   nsresult rv = GetSelectionController(aPresContext, getter_AddRefs(selcon));
 | |
|   if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsIPresShell *shell = aPresContext->GetPresShell();
 | |
|   if (!shell || !selcon)
 | |
|     return NS_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Use peek offset one way then the other:
 | |
|   nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> startContent;
 | |
|   nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> startNode;
 | |
|   nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> endContent;
 | |
|   nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> endNode;
 | |
|   nsPeekOffsetStruct startpos;
 | |
|   startpos.SetData(shell,
 | |
|                    0, 
 | |
|                    aAmountBack,
 | |
|                    eDirPrevious,
 | |
|                    aStartPos,
 | |
|                    PR_FALSE,
 | |
|                    PR_TRUE,
 | |
|                    aJumpLines,
 | |
|                    PR_TRUE,  //limit on scrolled views
 | |
|                    PR_FALSE);
 | |
|   rv = PeekOffset(aPresContext, &startpos);
 | |
|   if (NS_FAILED(rv))
 | |
|     return rv;
 | |
|   nsPeekOffsetStruct endpos;
 | |
|   endpos.SetData(shell,
 | |
|                  0, 
 | |
|                  aAmountForward,
 | |
|                  eDirNext,
 | |
|                  aStartPos,
 | |
|                  PR_FALSE,
 | |
|                  PR_FALSE,
 | |
|                  aJumpLines,
 | |
|                  PR_TRUE,  //limit on scrolled views
 | |
|                  PR_FALSE);
 | |
|   rv = PeekOffset(aPresContext, &endpos);
 | |
|   if (NS_FAILED(rv))
 | |
|     return rv;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   endNode = do_QueryInterface(endpos.mResultContent, &rv);
 | |
|   if (NS_FAILED(rv))
 | |
|     return rv;
 | |
|   startNode = do_QueryInterface(startpos.mResultContent, &rv);
 | |
|   if (NS_FAILED(rv))
 | |
|     return rv;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsCOMPtr<nsISelection> selection;
 | |
|   if (NS_SUCCEEDED(selcon->GetSelection(nsISelectionController::SELECTION_NORMAL,
 | |
|                                         getter_AddRefs(selection)))){
 | |
|     rv = selection->Collapse(startNode,startpos.mContentOffset);
 | |
|     if (NS_FAILED(rv))
 | |
|       return rv;
 | |
|     rv = selection->Extend(endNode,endpos.mContentOffset);
 | |
|     if (NS_FAILED(rv))
 | |
|       return rv;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   //no release 
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // maintain selection
 | |
|   nsCOMPtr<nsIFrameSelection> frameselection = do_QueryInterface(selcon); //this MAY implement
 | |
|   if (!frameselection)
 | |
|     frameselection = aPresContext->PresShell()->FrameSelection();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return frameselection->MaintainSelection();
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Figure out which view we should point capturing at, given that drag started
 | |
| // in this frame.
 | |
| static nsIView* GetNearestCapturingView(nsIFrame* aFrame) {
 | |
|   nsIView* view = nsnull;
 | |
|   while (!(view = aFrame->GetMouseCapturer()) && aFrame->GetParent()) {
 | |
|     aFrame = aFrame->GetParent();
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   if (!view) {
 | |
|     // Use the root view. The root frame always has the root view.
 | |
|     view = aFrame->GetView();
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   NS_ASSERTION(view, "No capturing view found");
 | |
|   return view;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP nsFrame::HandleDrag(nsPresContext* aPresContext, 
 | |
|                                   nsGUIEvent*     aEvent,
 | |
|                                   nsEventStatus*  aEventStatus)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   PRBool  selectable;
 | |
|   PRUint8 selectStyle;
 | |
|   IsSelectable(&selectable, &selectStyle);
 | |
|   if (!selectable)
 | |
|     return NS_OK;
 | |
|   if (DisplaySelection(aPresContext) == nsISelectionController::SELECTION_OFF) {
 | |
|     return NS_OK;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   nsIPresShell *presShell = aPresContext->PresShell();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsCOMPtr<nsIFrameSelection> frameselection;
 | |
|   nsCOMPtr<nsISelectionController> selCon;
 | |
|   
 | |
|   nsresult result = GetSelectionController(aPresContext,
 | |
|                                            getter_AddRefs(selCon));
 | |
|   if (NS_SUCCEEDED(result) && selCon)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|     frameselection = do_QueryInterface(selCon); //this MAY implement
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   if (!frameselection)
 | |
|     frameselection = presShell->FrameSelection();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   PRBool mouseDown = PR_FALSE;
 | |
|   if (NS_SUCCEEDED(frameselection->GetMouseDownState(&mouseDown)) && !mouseDown)
 | |
|     return NS_OK;            
 | |
| 
 | |
|   frameselection->StopAutoScrollTimer();
 | |
|   // Check if we are dragging in a table cell
 | |
|   nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> parentContent;
 | |
|   PRInt32 contentOffset;
 | |
|   PRInt32 target;
 | |
|   nsMouseEvent *me = (nsMouseEvent *)aEvent;
 | |
|   result = GetDataForTableSelection(frameselection, presShell, me,
 | |
|                                     getter_AddRefs(parentContent),
 | |
|                                     &contentOffset, &target);      
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (NS_SUCCEEDED(result) && parentContent)
 | |
|     frameselection->HandleTableSelection(parentContent, contentOffset, target, me);
 | |
|   else
 | |
|     frameselection->HandleDrag(aPresContext, this, aEvent->point);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsIView* captureView = GetNearestCapturingView(this);
 | |
|   if (captureView) {
 | |
|     // Get the view that aEvent->point is relative to. This is disgusting.
 | |
|     nsPoint dummyPoint;
 | |
|     nsIView* eventView;
 | |
|     GetOffsetFromView(dummyPoint, &eventView);
 | |
|     nsPoint pt = aEvent->point + eventView->GetOffsetTo(captureView);
 | |
|     frameselection->StartAutoScrollTimer(aPresContext, captureView, pt, 30);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP nsFrame::HandleRelease(nsPresContext* aPresContext, 
 | |
|                                      nsGUIEvent*     aEvent,
 | |
|                                      nsEventStatus*  aEventStatus)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (IsMouseCaptured(aPresContext))
 | |
|     CaptureMouse(aPresContext, PR_FALSE);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (DisplaySelection(aPresContext) == nsISelectionController::SELECTION_OFF)
 | |
|     return NS_OK;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsIPresShell *presShell = aPresContext->GetPresShell();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (!presShell)
 | |
|     return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsCOMPtr<nsIFrameSelection> frameselection;
 | |
|   nsCOMPtr<nsISelectionController> selCon;
 | |
|   
 | |
|   nsresult result = GetSelectionController(aPresContext,
 | |
|                                            getter_AddRefs(selCon));
 | |
|     
 | |
|   if (NS_SUCCEEDED(result) && selCon)
 | |
|     frameselection = do_QueryInterface(selCon); //this MAY implement
 | |
|   if (!frameselection)
 | |
|     frameselection = presShell->FrameSelection();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aEventStatus);
 | |
|   if (nsEventStatus_eConsumeNoDefault != *aEventStatus) {
 | |
|     PRBool supportsDelay = PR_FALSE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     frameselection->GetDelayCaretOverExistingSelection(&supportsDelay);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (supportsDelay)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       // Check if the frameselection recorded the mouse going down.
 | |
|       // If not, the user must have clicked in a part of the selection.
 | |
|       // Place the caret before continuing!
 | |
| 
 | |
|       PRBool mouseDown = PR_FALSE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       result = frameselection->GetMouseDownState(&mouseDown);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (NS_FAILED(result))
 | |
|         return result;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       nsMouseEvent *me = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       result = frameselection->GetDelayedCaretData(&me);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (NS_SUCCEEDED(result) && !mouseDown && me && me->clickCount < 2)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|         // We are doing this to simulate what we would have done on HandlePress
 | |
|         result = frameselection->SetMouseDownState( PR_TRUE );
 | |
| 
 | |
|         nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> content;
 | |
|         PRInt32 startOffset = 0, endOffset = 0;
 | |
|         PRBool  beginFrameContent = PR_FALSE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|         result = GetContentAndOffsetsFromPoint(aPresContext, me->point, getter_AddRefs(content), startOffset, endOffset, beginFrameContent);
 | |
|         if (NS_FAILED(result)) return result;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       // do we have CSS that changes selection behaviour?
 | |
|       {
 | |
|         PRBool    changeSelection;
 | |
|         nsCOMPtr<nsIContent>  selectContent;
 | |
|         PRInt32   newStart, newEnd;
 | |
|         if (NS_SUCCEEDED(frameselection->AdjustOffsetsFromStyle(this, &changeSelection, getter_AddRefs(selectContent), &newStart, &newEnd))
 | |
|           && changeSelection)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|           content = selectContent;
 | |
|           startOffset = newStart;
 | |
|           endOffset = newEnd;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         result = frameselection->HandleClick(content, startOffset , endOffset, me->isShift, PR_FALSE, beginFrameContent);
 | |
|         if (NS_FAILED(result)) return result;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       else
 | |
|       {
 | |
|         me = (nsMouseEvent *)aEvent;
 | |
|         nsCOMPtr<nsIContent>parentContent;
 | |
|         PRInt32  contentOffset;
 | |
|         PRInt32 target;
 | |
|         result = GetDataForTableSelection(frameselection, presShell, me, getter_AddRefs(parentContent), &contentOffset, &target);
 | |
| 
 | |
|         if (NS_SUCCEEDED(result) && parentContent)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|           frameselection->SetMouseDownState( PR_FALSE );
 | |
|           result = frameselection->HandleTableSelection(parentContent, contentOffset, target, me);
 | |
|           if (NS_FAILED(result)) return result;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       result = frameselection->SetDelayedCaretData(0);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Now handle the normal HandleRelase business.
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (NS_SUCCEEDED(result) && frameselection) {
 | |
|     frameselection->SetMouseDownState( PR_FALSE );
 | |
|     frameselection->StopAutoScrollTimer();
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsresult nsFrame::GetContentAndOffsetsFromPoint(nsPresContext* aCX,
 | |
|                                                 const nsPoint&  aPoint,
 | |
|                                                 nsIContent **   aNewContent,
 | |
|                                                 PRInt32&        aContentOffset,
 | |
|                                                 PRInt32&        aContentOffsetEnd,
 | |
|                                                 PRBool&         aBeginFrameContent)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (!aNewContent)
 | |
|     return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Traverse through children and look for the best one to give this
 | |
|   // to if it fails the getposition call, make it yourself also only
 | |
|   // look at primary list
 | |
|   nsIFrame *closestFrame = nsnull;
 | |
|   nsIView *view = GetClosestView();
 | |
|   nsIFrame *kid = GetFirstChild(nsnull);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (kid) {
 | |
| #define HUGE_DISTANCE 999999 //some HUGE number that will always fail first comparison
 | |
| 
 | |
|     PRInt32 closestXDistance = HUGE_DISTANCE;
 | |
|     PRInt32 closestYDistance = HUGE_DISTANCE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     while (nsnull != kid) {
 | |
| 
 | |
|       // Skip over generated content kid frames, or frames
 | |
|       // that don't have a proper parent-child relationship!
 | |
| 
 | |
|       PRBool skipThisKid = (kid->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_GENERATED_CONTENT) != 0;
 | |
| #if 0
 | |
|       if (!skipThisKid) {
 | |
|         // The frame's content is not generated. Now check
 | |
|         // if it is anonymous content!
 | |
| 
 | |
|         nsIContent* kidContent = kid->GetContent();
 | |
|         if (kidContent) {
 | |
|           nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> content = kidContent->GetParent();
 | |
| 
 | |
|           if (content) {
 | |
|             PRInt32 kidCount = content->ChildCount();
 | |
|             PRInt32 kidIndex = content->IndexOf(kidContent);
 | |
| 
 | |
|             // IndexOf() should return -1 for the index if it doesn't
 | |
|             // find kidContent in it's child list.
 | |
| 
 | |
|             if (kidIndex < 0 || kidIndex >= kidCount) {
 | |
|               // Must be anonymous content! So skip it!
 | |
|               skipThisKid = PR_TRUE;
 | |
|             }
 | |
|           }
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       }
 | |
| #endif //XXX we USED to skip anonymous content i dont think we should anymore leaving this here as a flah
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (skipThisKid) {
 | |
|         kid = kid->GetNextSibling();
 | |
|         continue;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       // Kid frame has content that has a proper parent-child
 | |
|       // relationship. Now see if the aPoint inside it's bounding
 | |
|       // rect or close by.
 | |
| 
 | |
|       nsPoint offsetPoint(0,0);
 | |
|       nsIView * kidView = nsnull;
 | |
|       kid->GetOffsetFromView(offsetPoint, &kidView);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       nsRect rect = kid->GetRect();
 | |
|       rect.x = offsetPoint.x;
 | |
|       rect.y = offsetPoint.y;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       nscoord fromTop = aPoint.y - rect.y;
 | |
|       nscoord fromBottom = aPoint.y - rect.y - rect.height;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       PRInt32 yDistance;
 | |
|       if (fromTop > 0 && fromBottom < 0)
 | |
|         yDistance = 0;
 | |
|       else
 | |
|         yDistance = PR_MIN(abs(fromTop), abs(fromBottom));
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (yDistance <= closestYDistance && rect.width > 0 && rect.height > 0)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|         if (yDistance < closestYDistance)
 | |
|           closestXDistance = HUGE_DISTANCE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|         nscoord fromLeft = aPoint.x - rect.x;
 | |
|         nscoord fromRight = aPoint.x - rect.x - rect.width;
 | |
| 
 | |
|         PRInt32 xDistance;
 | |
|         if (fromLeft > 0 && fromRight < 0)
 | |
|           xDistance = 0;
 | |
|         else
 | |
|           xDistance = PR_MIN(abs(fromLeft), abs(fromRight));
 | |
| 
 | |
|         if (xDistance == 0 && yDistance == 0)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|           closestFrame = kid;
 | |
|           break;
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         if (xDistance < closestXDistance || (xDistance == closestXDistance && rect.x <= aPoint.x))
 | |
|         {
 | |
|           closestXDistance = xDistance;
 | |
|           closestYDistance = yDistance;
 | |
|           closestFrame     = kid;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|         // else if (xDistance > closestXDistance)
 | |
|         //   break;//done
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     
 | |
|       kid = kid->GetNextSibling();
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     if (closestFrame) {
 | |
| 
 | |
|       // If we cross a view boundary, we need to adjust
 | |
|       // the coordinates because GetPosition() expects
 | |
|       // them to be relative to the closest view.
 | |
| 
 | |
|       nsPoint newPoint     = aPoint;
 | |
|       nsIView *closestView = closestFrame->GetClosestView();
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (closestView && view != closestView)
 | |
|         newPoint -= closestView->GetPosition();
 | |
| 
 | |
|       // printf("      0x%.8x   0x%.8x  %4d  %4d\n",
 | |
|       //        closestFrame, closestView, closestXDistance, closestYDistance);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       return closestFrame->GetContentAndOffsetsFromPoint(aCX, newPoint, aNewContent,
 | |
|                                                          aContentOffset, aContentOffsetEnd,aBeginFrameContent);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (!mContent)
 | |
|     return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsPoint offsetPoint;
 | |
|   GetOffsetFromView(offsetPoint, &view);
 | |
|   nsRect thisRect = GetRect();
 | |
|   thisRect.x = offsetPoint.x;
 | |
|   thisRect.y = offsetPoint.y;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   NS_IF_ADDREF(*aNewContent = mContent->GetParent());
 | |
|   if (*aNewContent){
 | |
|     
 | |
|     PRInt32 contentOffset(aContentOffset); //temp to hold old value in case of failure
 | |
|     
 | |
|     contentOffset = (*aNewContent)->IndexOf(mContent);
 | |
|     if (contentOffset < 0) 
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     aContentOffset = contentOffset; //its clear save the result
 | |
| 
 | |
|     aBeginFrameContent = PR_TRUE;
 | |
|     if (thisRect.Contains(aPoint))
 | |
|       aContentOffsetEnd = aContentOffset +1;
 | |
|     else 
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       //if we are a collapsed frame then dont check to see if we need to skip past this content
 | |
|       //see bug http://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=103888
 | |
|       if (thisRect.width && thisRect.height && ((thisRect.x + thisRect.width) < aPoint.x  || thisRect.y > aPoint.y))
 | |
|       {
 | |
|         aBeginFrameContent = PR_FALSE;
 | |
|         aContentOffset++;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       aContentOffsetEnd = aContentOffset;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| nsFrame::GetCursor(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
 | |
|                    nsPoint& aPoint,
 | |
|                    PRInt32& aCursor)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   aCursor = GetStyleUserInterface()->mCursor;
 | |
|   if (NS_STYLE_CURSOR_AUTO == aCursor) {
 | |
|     aCursor = NS_STYLE_CURSOR_DEFAULT;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| nsFrame::GetFrameForPoint(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
 | |
|                           const nsPoint& aPoint,
 | |
|                           nsFramePaintLayer aWhichLayer,
 | |
|                           nsIFrame** aFrame)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if ((aWhichLayer == NS_FRAME_PAINT_LAYER_FOREGROUND) &&
 | |
|       (mRect.Contains(aPoint))) {
 | |
|     if (GetStyleVisibility()->IsVisible()) {
 | |
|       *aFrame = this;
 | |
|       return NS_OK;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Resize and incremental reflow
 | |
| 
 | |
| // nsIHTMLReflow member functions
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| nsFrame::WillReflow(nsPresContext* aPresContext)
 | |
| {
 | |
| #ifdef DEBUG_dbaron_off
 | |
|   // bug 81268
 | |
|   NS_ASSERTION(!(mState & NS_FRAME_IN_REFLOW),
 | |
|                "nsFrame::WillReflow: frame is already in reflow");
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
|   NS_FRAME_TRACE_MSG(NS_FRAME_TRACE_CALLS,
 | |
|                      ("WillReflow: oldState=%x", mState));
 | |
|   mState |= NS_FRAME_IN_REFLOW;
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| nsFrame::DidReflow(nsPresContext*           aPresContext,
 | |
|                    const nsHTMLReflowState*  aReflowState,
 | |
|                    nsDidReflowStatus         aStatus)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   NS_FRAME_TRACE_MSG(NS_FRAME_TRACE_CALLS,
 | |
|                      ("nsFrame::DidReflow: aStatus=%d", aStatus));
 | |
|   if (NS_FRAME_REFLOW_FINISHED == aStatus) {
 | |
|     mState &= ~(NS_FRAME_IN_REFLOW | NS_FRAME_FIRST_REFLOW | NS_FRAME_IS_DIRTY |
 | |
|                 NS_FRAME_HAS_DIRTY_CHILDREN);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Notify the percent height observer if this is an initial or resize reflow (XXX
 | |
|   // it should probably be any type of reflow, but this would need further testing)
 | |
|   // and there is a percent height but no computed height. The observer may be able to
 | |
|   // initiate another reflow with a computed height. This happens in the case where a table
 | |
|   // cell has no computed height but can fabricate one when the cell height is known.
 | |
|   if (aReflowState && (aReflowState->mPercentHeightObserver)           && // an observer
 | |
|       ((eReflowReason_Initial == aReflowState->reason) ||                 // initial or resize reflow
 | |
|        (eReflowReason_Resize  == aReflowState->reason))                &&
 | |
|       ((NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE == aReflowState->mComputedHeight) ||         // no computed height 
 | |
|        (0                    == aReflowState->mComputedHeight))        && 
 | |
|       aReflowState->mStylePosition                                     && // percent height
 | |
|       (eStyleUnit_Percent == aReflowState->mStylePosition->mHeight.GetUnit())) {
 | |
| 
 | |
|     nsIFrame* prevInFlow = GetPrevInFlow();
 | |
|     if (!prevInFlow) { // 1st in flow
 | |
|       aReflowState->mPercentHeightObserver->NotifyPercentHeight(*aReflowState);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| nsFrame::CanContinueTextRun(PRBool& aContinueTextRun) const
 | |
| {
 | |
|   // By default, a frame will *not* allow a text run to be continued
 | |
|   // through it.
 | |
|   aContinueTextRun = PR_FALSE;
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| nsFrame::Reflow(nsPresContext*          aPresContext,
 | |
|                 nsHTMLReflowMetrics&     aDesiredSize,
 | |
|                 const nsHTMLReflowState& aReflowState,
 | |
|                 nsReflowStatus&          aStatus)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   DO_GLOBAL_REFLOW_COUNT("nsFrame", aReflowState.reason);
 | |
|   aDesiredSize.width = 0;
 | |
|   aDesiredSize.height = 0;
 | |
|   aDesiredSize.ascent = 0;
 | |
|   aDesiredSize.descent = 0;
 | |
|   if (aDesiredSize.mComputeMEW) {
 | |
|     aDesiredSize.mMaxElementWidth = 0;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   aStatus = NS_FRAME_COMPLETE;
 | |
|   NS_FRAME_SET_TRUNCATION(aStatus, aReflowState, aDesiredSize);
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| nsFrame::AdjustFrameSize(nscoord aExtraSpace, nscoord& aUsedSpace)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   aUsedSpace = 0;
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| nsFrame::TrimTrailingWhiteSpace(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
 | |
|                                 nsIRenderingContext& aRC,
 | |
|                                 nscoord& aDeltaWidth)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   aDeltaWidth = 0;
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| nsFrame::CharacterDataChanged(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
 | |
|                               nsIContent*     aChild,
 | |
|                               PRBool          aAppend)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   NS_NOTREACHED("should only be called for text frames");
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| nsFrame::AttributeChanged(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
 | |
|                           nsIContent*     aChild,
 | |
|                           PRInt32         aNameSpaceID,
 | |
|                           nsIAtom*        aAttribute,
 | |
|                           PRInt32         aModType)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Flow member functions
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP nsFrame::IsSplittable(nsSplittableType& aIsSplittable) const
 | |
| {
 | |
|   aIsSplittable = NS_FRAME_NOT_SPLITTABLE;
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsIFrame* nsFrame::GetPrevInFlow() const
 | |
| {
 | |
|   return nsnull;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP nsFrame::SetPrevInFlow(nsIFrame* aPrevInFlow)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   // Ignore harmless requests to set it to NULL
 | |
|   if (aPrevInFlow) {
 | |
|     NS_ERROR("not splittable");
 | |
|     return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsIFrame* nsFrame::GetNextInFlow() const
 | |
| {
 | |
|   return nsnull;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP nsFrame::SetNextInFlow(nsIFrame*)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   NS_ERROR("not splittable");
 | |
|   return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Associated view object
 | |
| nsIView*
 | |
| nsIFrame::GetView() const
 | |
| {
 | |
|   // Check the frame state bit and see if the frame has a view
 | |
|   if (!(GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_HAS_VIEW))
 | |
|     return nsnull;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Check for a property on the frame
 | |
|   nsresult rv;
 | |
|   void *value = GetProperty(nsLayoutAtoms::viewProperty, &rv);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, nsnull);
 | |
|   NS_ASSERTION(value, "frame state bit was set but frame has no view");
 | |
|   return NS_STATIC_CAST(nsIView*, value);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* virtual */ nsIView*
 | |
| nsIFrame::GetViewExternal() const
 | |
| {
 | |
|   return GetView();
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsresult
 | |
| nsIFrame::SetView(nsIView* aView)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (aView) {
 | |
|     aView->SetClientData(this);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // Set a property on the frame
 | |
|     nsresult rv = SetProperty(nsLayoutAtoms::viewProperty, aView, nsnull);
 | |
|     NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, rv);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // Set the frame state bit that says the frame has a view
 | |
|     AddStateBits(NS_FRAME_HAS_VIEW);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // Let all of the ancestors know they have a descendant with a view.
 | |
|     for (nsIFrame* f = GetParent();
 | |
|          f && !(f->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_HAS_CHILD_WITH_VIEW);
 | |
|          f = f->GetParent())
 | |
|       f->AddStateBits(NS_FRAME_HAS_CHILD_WITH_VIEW);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsIFrame* nsIFrame::GetAncestorWithViewExternal() const
 | |
| {
 | |
|   return GetAncestorWithView();
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Find the first geometric parent that has a view
 | |
| nsIFrame* nsIFrame::GetAncestorWithView() const
 | |
| {
 | |
|   for (nsIFrame* f = mParent; nsnull != f; f = f->GetParent()) {
 | |
|     if (f->HasView()) {
 | |
|       return f;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return nsnull;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| // virtual
 | |
| nsPoint nsIFrame::GetOffsetToExternal(const nsIFrame* aOther) const
 | |
| {
 | |
|   return GetOffsetTo(aOther);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsPoint nsIFrame::GetOffsetTo(const nsIFrame* aOther) const
 | |
| {
 | |
|   NS_PRECONDITION(aOther,
 | |
|                   "Must have frame for destination coordinate system!");
 | |
|   // Note that if we hit a view while walking up the frame tree we need to stop
 | |
|   // and switch to traversing the view tree so that we will deal with scroll
 | |
|   // views properly.
 | |
|   nsPoint offset(0, 0);
 | |
|   const nsIFrame* f;
 | |
|   for (f = this; !f->HasView() && f != aOther; f = f->GetParent()) {
 | |
|     offset += f->GetPosition();
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   
 | |
|   if (f != aOther) {
 | |
|     // We found a view.  Switch to the view tree
 | |
|     nsPoint toViewOffset(0, 0);
 | |
|     nsIView* otherView = aOther->GetClosestView(&toViewOffset);
 | |
|     offset += f->GetView()->GetOffsetTo(otherView) - toViewOffset;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   
 | |
|   return offset;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| // virtual
 | |
| nsIntRect nsIFrame::GetScreenRectExternal() const
 | |
| {
 | |
|   return GetScreenRect();
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsIntRect nsIFrame::GetScreenRect() const
 | |
| {
 | |
|   nsIntRect retval(0,0,0,0);
 | |
|   nsPoint toViewOffset(0,0);
 | |
|   nsIView* view = GetClosestView(&toViewOffset);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (view) {
 | |
|     nsPoint toWidgetOffset(0,0);
 | |
|     nsIWidget* widget = view->GetNearestWidget(&toWidgetOffset);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (widget) {
 | |
|       nsRect ourRect = mRect;
 | |
|       ourRect += toViewOffset + toWidgetOffset;
 | |
|       ourRect.ScaleRoundOut(GetPresContext()->TwipsToPixels());
 | |
|       // Is it safe to pass the same rect for both args of WidgetToScreen?
 | |
|       // It's not clear, so let's not...
 | |
|       nsIntRect ourPxRect(ourRect.x, ourRect.y, ourRect.width, ourRect.height);
 | |
|       
 | |
|       widget->WidgetToScreen(ourPxRect, retval);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return retval;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Returns the offset from this frame to the closest geometric parent that
 | |
| // has a view. Also returns the containing view or null in case of error
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP nsFrame::GetOffsetFromView(nsPoint&  aOffset,
 | |
|                                          nsIView** aView) const
 | |
| {
 | |
|   NS_PRECONDITION(nsnull != aView, "null OUT parameter pointer");
 | |
|   nsIFrame* frame = (nsIFrame*)this;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   *aView = nsnull;
 | |
|   aOffset.MoveTo(0, 0);
 | |
|   do {
 | |
|     aOffset += frame->GetPosition();
 | |
|     frame = frame->GetParent();
 | |
|   } while (frame && !frame->HasView());
 | |
|   if (frame)
 | |
|     *aView = frame->GetView();
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| // The (x,y) value of the frame's upper left corner is always
 | |
| // relative to its parentFrame's upper left corner, unless
 | |
| // its parentFrame has a view associated with it, in which case, it
 | |
| // will be relative to the upper left corner of the view returned
 | |
| // by a call to parentFrame->GetView().
 | |
| //
 | |
| // This means that while drilling down the frame hierarchy, from
 | |
| // parent to child frame, we sometimes need to take into account
 | |
| // crossing these view boundaries, because the coordinate system
 | |
| // changes from parent frame coordinate system, to the associated
 | |
| // view's coordinate system.
 | |
| //
 | |
| // GetOriginToViewOffset() is a utility method that returns the
 | |
| // offset necessary to map a point, relative to the frame's upper
 | |
| // left corner, into the coordinate system of the view associated
 | |
| // with the frame.
 | |
| //
 | |
| // If there is no view associated with the frame, or the view is
 | |
| // not a descendant of the frame's parent view (ex: scrolling popup menu),
 | |
| // the offset returned will be (0,0).
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP nsFrame::GetOriginToViewOffset(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
 | |
|                                              nsPoint&        aOffset,
 | |
|                                              nsIView**       aView) const
 | |
| {
 | |
|   NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aPresContext);
 | |
|   nsresult rv = NS_OK;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   aOffset.MoveTo(0,0);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (aView)
 | |
|     *aView = nsnull;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (HasView()) {
 | |
|     nsIView *view = GetView();
 | |
|     nsIView *parentView = nsnull;
 | |
|     nsPoint offsetToParentView;
 | |
|     rv = GetOffsetFromView(offsetToParentView, &parentView);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
 | |
|       nsPoint viewOffsetFromParent(0,0);
 | |
|       nsIView *pview = view;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       nsIViewManager* vVM = view->GetViewManager();
 | |
| 
 | |
|       while (pview && pview != parentView) {
 | |
|         viewOffsetFromParent += pview->GetPosition();
 | |
| 
 | |
|         nsIView *tmpView = pview->GetParent();
 | |
|         if (tmpView && vVM != tmpView->GetViewManager()) {
 | |
|           // Don't cross ViewManager boundaries!
 | |
|           // XXXbz why not?
 | |
|           break;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|         pview = tmpView;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef DEBUG_KIN
 | |
|       if (pview != parentView) {
 | |
|         // XXX: At this point, pview is probably null since it traversed
 | |
|         //      all the way up view's parent hierarchy and did not run across
 | |
|         //      parentView. In the future, instead of just returning an offset
 | |
|         //      of (0,0) for this case, we may want offsetToParentView to
 | |
|         //      include the offset from the parentView to the top of the
 | |
|         //      view hierarchy which would make both offsetToParentView and
 | |
|         //      viewOffsetFromParent, offsets to the global coordinate space.
 | |
|         //      We'd have to investigate any perf impact this would have before
 | |
|         //      checking in such a change, so for now we just return (0,0).
 | |
|         //      -- kin    
 | |
|         NS_WARNING("view is not a descendant of parentView!");
 | |
|       }
 | |
| #endif // DEBUG
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (pview == parentView)
 | |
|         aOffset = offsetToParentView - viewOffsetFromParent;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (aView)
 | |
|         *aView = view;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return rv;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* virtual */ PRBool
 | |
| nsIFrame::AreAncestorViewsVisible() const
 | |
| {
 | |
|   for (nsIView* view = GetClosestView(); view; view = view->GetParent()) {
 | |
|     if (view->GetVisibility() == nsViewVisibility_kHide) {
 | |
|       return PR_FALSE;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return PR_TRUE;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsIWidget* nsIFrame::GetWindow() const
 | |
| {
 | |
|   const nsIFrame* frame;
 | |
|   for (frame = this; frame; frame = frame->GetAncestorWithView()) {
 | |
|     if (frame->HasView()) {
 | |
|       nsIWidget* window = frame->GetView()->GetWidget();
 | |
|       if (window) {
 | |
|         return window;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Ask the view manager for the widget
 | |
|   NS_NOTREACHED("this shouldn't happen, should it?");
 | |
|   nsIWidget* window;
 | |
|   GetPresContext()->GetViewManager()->GetWidget(&window);
 | |
|   // drop refcount that the view manager added, since we are not supposed
 | |
|   // to be adding a refcount
 | |
|   if (window) {
 | |
|     window->Release();
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   NS_POSTCONDITION(window, "no window in frame tree");
 | |
|   return window;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsIAtom*
 | |
| nsFrame::GetType() const
 | |
| {
 | |
|   return nsnull;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| nsIFrame::Invalidate(const nsRect& aDamageRect,
 | |
|                      PRBool        aImmediate) const
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (aDamageRect.IsEmpty()) {
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Don't allow invalidates to do anything when
 | |
|   // painting is suppressed.
 | |
|   nsIPresShell *shell = GetPresContext()->GetPresShell();
 | |
|   if (shell) {
 | |
|     PRBool suppressed = PR_FALSE;
 | |
|     shell->IsPaintingSuppressed(&suppressed);
 | |
|     if (suppressed)
 | |
|       return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsRect damageRect(aDamageRect);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   PRUint32 flags = aImmediate ? NS_VMREFRESH_IMMEDIATE : NS_VMREFRESH_NO_SYNC;
 | |
|   if (HasView()) {
 | |
|     nsIView* view = GetView();
 | |
|     view->GetViewManager()->UpdateView(view, damageRect, flags);
 | |
|   } else {
 | |
|     nsRect    rect(damageRect);
 | |
|     nsPoint   offset;
 | |
|   
 | |
|     nsIView *view;
 | |
|     GetOffsetFromView(offset, &view);
 | |
|     NS_ASSERTION(view, "no view");
 | |
|     rect += offset;
 | |
|     view->GetViewManager()->UpdateView(view, rect, flags);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static nsRect ComputeOutlineRect(const nsIFrame* aFrame, PRBool* aAnyOutline,
 | |
|                                  const nsRect& aOverflowRect) {
 | |
|   const nsStyleOutline* outline = aFrame->GetStyleOutline();
 | |
|   PRUint8 outlineStyle = outline->GetOutlineStyle();
 | |
|   nsRect r = aOverflowRect;
 | |
|   *aAnyOutline = PR_FALSE;
 | |
|   if (outlineStyle != NS_STYLE_BORDER_STYLE_NONE) {
 | |
|     nscoord width;
 | |
| #ifdef DEBUG
 | |
|     PRBool result = 
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|       outline->GetOutlineWidth(width);
 | |
|     NS_ASSERTION(result, "GetOutlineWidth had no cached outline width");
 | |
|     if (width > 0) {
 | |
|       nscoord offset;
 | |
|       outline->GetOutlineOffset(offset);
 | |
|       nscoord inflateBy = PR_MAX(width + offset, 0);
 | |
|       r.Inflate(inflateBy, inflateBy);
 | |
|       *aAnyOutline = PR_TRUE;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return r;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsRect
 | |
| nsIFrame::GetOverflowRect() const
 | |
| {
 | |
|   // Note that in some cases the overflow area might not have been
 | |
|   // updated (yet) to reflect any outline set on the frame or the area
 | |
|   // of child frames. That's OK because any reflow that updates these
 | |
|   // areas will invalidate the appropriate area, so any (mis)uses of
 | |
|   // this method will be fixed up.
 | |
|   nsRect* storedOA = NS_CONST_CAST(nsIFrame*, this)
 | |
|     ->GetOverflowAreaProperty(PR_FALSE);
 | |
|   if (storedOA) {
 | |
|     return *storedOA;
 | |
|   } else {
 | |
|     return nsRect(nsPoint(0, 0), GetSize());
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
|   
 | |
| void
 | |
| nsFrame::CheckInvalidateSizeChange(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
 | |
|                                    nsHTMLReflowMetrics& aDesiredSize,
 | |
|                                    const nsHTMLReflowState& aReflowState)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (aDesiredSize.width == mRect.width
 | |
|       && aDesiredSize.height == mRect.height)
 | |
|     return;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Below, we invalidate the old frame area (or, in the case of
 | |
|   // outline, combined area) if the outline, border or background
 | |
|   // settings indicate that something other than the difference
 | |
|   // between the old and new areas needs to be painted. We are
 | |
|   // assuming that the difference between the old and new areas will
 | |
|   // be invalidated by some other means. That also means invalidating
 | |
|   // the old frame area is the same as invalidating the new frame area
 | |
|   // (since in either case the UNION of old and new areas will be
 | |
|   // invalidated)
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Invalidate the entire old frame+outline if the frame has an outline
 | |
|   PRBool anyOutline;
 | |
|   nsRect r = ComputeOutlineRect(this, &anyOutline,
 | |
|                                 aDesiredSize.mOverflowArea);
 | |
|   if (anyOutline) {
 | |
|     Invalidate(r);
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Invalidate the old frame borders if the frame has borders. Those borders
 | |
|   // may be moving.
 | |
|   const nsStyleBorder* border = GetStyleBorder();
 | |
|   if (border->IsBorderSideVisible(NS_SIDE_LEFT)
 | |
|       || border->IsBorderSideVisible(NS_SIDE_RIGHT)
 | |
|       || border->IsBorderSideVisible(NS_SIDE_TOP)
 | |
|       || border->IsBorderSideVisible(NS_SIDE_BOTTOM)) {
 | |
|     Invalidate(nsRect(0, 0, mRect.width, mRect.height));
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Invalidate the old frame background if the frame has a background
 | |
|   // whose position depends on the size of the frame
 | |
|   const nsStyleBackground* background = GetStyleBackground();
 | |
|   if (background->mBackgroundFlags &
 | |
|       (NS_STYLE_BG_X_POSITION_PERCENT | NS_STYLE_BG_Y_POSITION_PERCENT)) {
 | |
|     Invalidate(nsRect(0, 0, mRect.width, mRect.height));
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Define the MAX_FRAME_DEPTH to be the ContentSink's MAX_REFLOW_DEPTH plus
 | |
| // 4 for the frames above the document's frames: 
 | |
| //  the Viewport, GFXScroll, ScrollPort, and Canvas
 | |
| #define MAX_FRAME_DEPTH (MAX_REFLOW_DEPTH+4)
 | |
| 
 | |
| PRBool
 | |
| nsFrame::IsFrameTreeTooDeep(const nsHTMLReflowState& aReflowState,
 | |
|                             nsHTMLReflowMetrics& aMetrics)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (aReflowState.mReflowDepth >  MAX_FRAME_DEPTH) {
 | |
|     mState |= NS_FRAME_IS_UNFLOWABLE;
 | |
|     mState &= ~NS_FRAME_OUTSIDE_CHILDREN;
 | |
|     aMetrics.width = 0;
 | |
|     aMetrics.height = 0;
 | |
|     aMetrics.ascent = 0;
 | |
|     aMetrics.descent = 0;
 | |
|     aMetrics.mCarriedOutBottomMargin.Zero();
 | |
|     aMetrics.mOverflowArea.x = 0;
 | |
|     aMetrics.mOverflowArea.y = 0;
 | |
|     aMetrics.mOverflowArea.width = 0;
 | |
|     aMetrics.mOverflowArea.height = 0;
 | |
|     if (aMetrics.mComputeMEW) {
 | |
|       aMetrics.mMaxElementWidth = 0;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     return PR_TRUE;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   mState &= ~NS_FRAME_IS_UNFLOWABLE;
 | |
|   return PR_FALSE;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Style sizing methods
 | |
| /* virtual */ PRBool nsFrame::IsContainingBlock() const
 | |
| {
 | |
|   const nsStyleDisplay* display = GetStyleDisplay();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Absolute positioning causes |display->mDisplay| to be set to block,
 | |
|   // if needed.
 | |
|   return display->mDisplay == NS_STYLE_DISPLAY_BLOCK || 
 | |
|          display->mDisplay == NS_STYLE_DISPLAY_LIST_ITEM ||
 | |
|          display->mDisplay == NS_STYLE_DISPLAY_TABLE_CELL;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef NS_DEBUG
 | |
| 
 | |
| PRInt32 nsFrame::ContentIndexInContainer(const nsIFrame* aFrame)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   PRInt32 result = -1;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsIContent* content = aFrame->GetContent();
 | |
|   if (content) {
 | |
|     nsIContent* parentContent = content->GetParent();
 | |
|     if (parentContent) {
 | |
|       result = parentContent->IndexOf(content);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return result;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef DEBUG_waterson
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * List a single frame to stdout. Meant to be called from gdb.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| void
 | |
| DebugListFrame(nsPresContext* aPresContext, nsIFrame* aFrame)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   ((nsFrame*) aFrame)->List(aPresContext, stdout, 0);
 | |
|   printf("\n");
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * List a frame tree to stdout. Meant to be called from gdb.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| void
 | |
| DebugListFrameTree(nsPresContext* aPresContext, nsIFrame* aFrame)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   nsIFrameDebug* fdbg;
 | |
|   aFrame->QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsIFrameDebug), (void**) &fdbg);
 | |
|   if (fdbg)
 | |
|     fdbg->List(aPresContext, stdout, 0);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Debugging
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| nsFrame::List(nsPresContext* aPresContext, FILE* out, PRInt32 aIndent) const
 | |
| {
 | |
|   IndentBy(out, aIndent);
 | |
|   ListTag(out);
 | |
| #ifdef DEBUG_waterson
 | |
|   fprintf(out, " [parent=%p]", NS_STATIC_CAST(void*, mParent));
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|   if (HasView()) {
 | |
|     fprintf(out, " [view=%p]", NS_STATIC_CAST(void*, GetView()));
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   fprintf(out, " {%d,%d,%d,%d}", mRect.x, mRect.y, mRect.width, mRect.height);
 | |
|   if (0 != mState) {
 | |
|     fprintf(out, " [state=%08x]", mState);
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   fprintf(out, " [content=%p]", NS_STATIC_CAST(void*, mContent));
 | |
|   nsFrame* f = NS_CONST_CAST(nsFrame*, this);
 | |
|   nsRect* overflowArea = f->GetOverflowAreaProperty(PR_FALSE);
 | |
|   if (overflowArea) {
 | |
|     fprintf(out, " [overflow=%d,%d,%d,%d]", overflowArea->x, overflowArea->y,
 | |
|             overflowArea->width, overflowArea->height);
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   fputs("\n", out);
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| nsFrame::GetFrameName(nsAString& aResult) const
 | |
| {
 | |
|   return MakeFrameName(NS_LITERAL_STRING("Frame"), aResult);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP_(nsFrameState)
 | |
| nsFrame::GetDebugStateBits() const
 | |
| {
 | |
|   // We'll ignore these flags for the purposes of comparing frame state:
 | |
|   //
 | |
|   //   NS_FRAME_EXTERNAL_REFERENCE
 | |
|   //     because this is set by the event state manager or the
 | |
|   //     caret code when a frame is focused. Depending on whether
 | |
|   //     or not the regression tests are run as the focused window
 | |
|   //     will make this value vary randomly.
 | |
| #define IRRELEVANT_FRAME_STATE_FLAGS NS_FRAME_EXTERNAL_REFERENCE
 | |
| 
 | |
| #define FRAME_STATE_MASK (~(IRRELEVANT_FRAME_STATE_FLAGS))
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return GetStateBits() & FRAME_STATE_MASK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsresult
 | |
| nsFrame::MakeFrameName(const nsAString& aType, nsAString& aResult) const
 | |
| {
 | |
|   aResult = aType;
 | |
|   if (mContent) {
 | |
|     nsIAtom *tag = mContent->Tag();
 | |
|     if (tag != nsLayoutAtoms::textTagName) {
 | |
|       nsAutoString buf;
 | |
|       tag->ToString(buf);
 | |
|       aResult.Append(NS_LITERAL_STRING("(") + buf + NS_LITERAL_STRING(")"));
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   char buf[40];
 | |
|   PR_snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "(%d)", ContentIndexInContainer(this));
 | |
|   AppendASCIItoUTF16(buf, aResult);
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| nsFrame::XMLQuote(nsString& aString)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   PRInt32 i, len = aString.Length();
 | |
|   for (i = 0; i < len; i++) {
 | |
|     PRUnichar ch = aString.CharAt(i);
 | |
|     if (ch == '<') {
 | |
|       nsAutoString tmp(NS_LITERAL_STRING("<"));
 | |
|       aString.Cut(i, 1);
 | |
|       aString.Insert(tmp, i);
 | |
|       len += 3;
 | |
|       i += 3;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     else if (ch == '>') {
 | |
|       nsAutoString tmp(NS_LITERAL_STRING(">"));
 | |
|       aString.Cut(i, 1);
 | |
|       aString.Insert(tmp, i);
 | |
|       len += 3;
 | |
|       i += 3;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     else if (ch == '\"') {
 | |
|       nsAutoString tmp(NS_LITERAL_STRING("""));
 | |
|       aString.Cut(i, 1);
 | |
|       aString.Insert(tmp, i);
 | |
|       len += 5;
 | |
|       i += 5;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| PRBool
 | |
| nsFrame::ParentDisablesSelection() const
 | |
| {
 | |
| /*
 | |
|   // should never be called now
 | |
|   nsIFrame* parent = GetParent();
 | |
|   if (parent) {
 | |
| 	  PRBool selectable;
 | |
| 	  parent->IsSelectable(selectable);
 | |
|     return (selectable ? PR_FALSE : PR_TRUE);
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return PR_FALSE;
 | |
| */
 | |
| /*
 | |
|   PRBool selected;
 | |
|   if (NS_FAILED(GetSelected(&selected)))
 | |
|     return PR_FALSE;
 | |
|   if (selected)
 | |
|     return PR_FALSE; //if this frame is selected and no one has overridden the selection from "higher up"
 | |
|                      //then no one below us will be disabled by this frame.
 | |
|   nsIFrame* target = GetParent();
 | |
|   if (target)
 | |
|     return ((nsFrame *)target)->ParentDisablesSelection();
 | |
|   return PR_FALSE; //default this does not happen
 | |
|   */
 | |
|   
 | |
|   return PR_FALSE;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsresult 
 | |
| nsFrame::GetSelectionForVisCheck(nsPresContext * aPresContext, nsISelection** aSelection)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   *aSelection = nsnull;
 | |
|   nsresult rv = NS_OK;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // start by checking to see if we are paginated which probably means
 | |
|   // we are in print preview or printing
 | |
|   if (aPresContext->IsPaginated()) {
 | |
|     // now see if we are rendering selection only
 | |
|     if (aPresContext->IsRenderingOnlySelection()) {
 | |
|       // Check the quick way first (typically only leaf nodes)
 | |
|       PRBool isSelected = (mState & NS_FRAME_SELECTED_CONTENT) == NS_FRAME_SELECTED_CONTENT;
 | |
|       // if we aren't selected in the mState,
 | |
|       // we could be a container so check to see if we are in the selection range
 | |
|       // this is a expensive
 | |
|       if (!isSelected) {
 | |
|         nsIPresShell *shell = aPresContext->GetPresShell();
 | |
|         if (shell) {
 | |
|           nsCOMPtr<nsISelectionController> selcon(do_QueryInterface(shell));
 | |
|           if (selcon) {
 | |
|             rv = selcon->GetSelection(nsISelectionController::SELECTION_NORMAL, aSelection);
 | |
|           }
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   } 
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return rv;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| nsFrame::IsVisibleForPainting(nsPresContext *     aPresContext, 
 | |
|                               nsIRenderingContext& aRenderingContext,
 | |
|                               PRBool               aCheckVis,
 | |
|                               PRBool*              aIsVisible)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   // first check to see if we are visible
 | |
|   if (aCheckVis) {
 | |
|     if (!GetStyleVisibility()->IsVisible()) {
 | |
|       *aIsVisible = PR_FALSE;
 | |
|       return NS_OK;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Start by assuming we are visible and need to be painted
 | |
|   *aIsVisible = PR_TRUE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // NOTE: GetSelectionforVisCheck checks the pagination to make sure we are printing
 | |
|   // In otherwords, the selection will ALWAYS be null if we are not printing, meaning
 | |
|   // the visibility will be TRUE in that case
 | |
|   nsCOMPtr<nsISelection> selection;
 | |
|   nsresult rv = GetSelectionForVisCheck(aPresContext, getter_AddRefs(selection));
 | |
|   if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && selection) {
 | |
|     nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMNode> node(do_QueryInterface(mContent));
 | |
|     selection->ContainsNode(node, PR_TRUE, aIsVisible);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return rv;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* virtual */ PRBool
 | |
| nsFrame::IsEmpty()
 | |
| {
 | |
|   return PR_FALSE;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* virtual */ PRBool
 | |
| nsFrame::IsSelfEmpty()
 | |
| {
 | |
|   return PR_FALSE;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| nsFrame::GetSelectionController(nsPresContext *aPresContext, nsISelectionController **aSelCon)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (!aPresContext || !aSelCon)
 | |
|     return NS_ERROR_INVALID_ARG;
 | |
|   if (GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_INDEPENDENT_SELECTION) 
 | |
|   {
 | |
|     nsIFrame *tmp = this;
 | |
|     while (tmp)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       nsITextControlFrame *tcf;
 | |
|       if (NS_SUCCEEDED(tmp->QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsITextControlFrame),(void**)&tcf)))
 | |
|       {
 | |
|         return tcf->GetSelectionContr(aSelCon);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       tmp = tmp->GetParent();
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   nsIPresShell *shell = aPresContext->GetPresShell();
 | |
|   if (shell)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|     nsCOMPtr<nsISelectionController> selCon = do_QueryInterface(shell);
 | |
|     NS_IF_ADDREF(*aSelCon = selCon);
 | |
|     return NS_OK;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef NS_DEBUG
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| nsFrame::DumpRegressionData(nsPresContext* aPresContext, FILE* out, PRInt32 aIndent, PRBool aIncludeStyleData)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   IndentBy(out, aIndent);
 | |
|   fprintf(out, "<frame va=\"%ld\" type=\"", PRUptrdiff(this));
 | |
|   nsAutoString name;
 | |
|   GetFrameName(name);
 | |
|   XMLQuote(name);
 | |
|   fputs(NS_LossyConvertUCS2toASCII(name).get(), out);
 | |
|   fprintf(out, "\" state=\"%d\" parent=\"%ld\">\n",
 | |
|           GetDebugStateBits(), PRUptrdiff(mParent));
 | |
| 
 | |
|   aIndent++;
 | |
|   DumpBaseRegressionData(aPresContext, out, aIndent, aIncludeStyleData);
 | |
|   aIndent--;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   IndentBy(out, aIndent);
 | |
|   fprintf(out, "</frame>\n");
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| nsFrame::DumpBaseRegressionData(nsPresContext* aPresContext, FILE* out, PRInt32 aIndent, PRBool aIncludeStyleData)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (nsnull != mNextSibling) {
 | |
|     IndentBy(out, aIndent);
 | |
|     fprintf(out, "<next-sibling va=\"%ld\"/>\n", PRUptrdiff(mNextSibling));
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (HasView()) {
 | |
|     IndentBy(out, aIndent);
 | |
|     fprintf(out, "<view va=\"%ld\">\n", PRUptrdiff(GetView()));
 | |
|     aIndent++;
 | |
|     // XXX add in code to dump out view state too...
 | |
|     aIndent--;
 | |
|     IndentBy(out, aIndent);
 | |
|     fprintf(out, "</view>\n");
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if(aIncludeStyleData) {
 | |
|     if(mStyleContext) {
 | |
|       IndentBy(out, aIndent);
 | |
|       fprintf(out, "<stylecontext va=\"%ld\">\n", PRUptrdiff(mStyleContext));
 | |
|       aIndent++;
 | |
|       // Dump style context regression data
 | |
|       mStyleContext->DumpRegressionData(aPresContext, out, aIndent);
 | |
|       aIndent--;
 | |
|       IndentBy(out, aIndent);
 | |
|       fprintf(out, "</stylecontext>\n");
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   IndentBy(out, aIndent);
 | |
|   fprintf(out, "<bbox x=\"%d\" y=\"%d\" w=\"%d\" h=\"%d\"/>\n",
 | |
|           mRect.x, mRect.y, mRect.width, mRect.height);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Now dump all of the children on all of the child lists
 | |
|   nsIFrame* kid;
 | |
|   nsIAtom* list = nsnull;
 | |
|   PRInt32 listIndex = 0;
 | |
|   do {
 | |
|     kid = GetFirstChild(list);
 | |
|     if (kid) {
 | |
|       IndentBy(out, aIndent);
 | |
|       if (nsnull != list) {
 | |
|         nsAutoString listName;
 | |
|         list->ToString(listName);
 | |
|         fprintf(out, "<child-list name=\"");
 | |
|         XMLQuote(listName);
 | |
|         fputs(NS_LossyConvertUCS2toASCII(listName).get(), out);
 | |
|         fprintf(out, "\">\n");
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       else {
 | |
|         fprintf(out, "<child-list>\n");
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       aIndent++;
 | |
|       while (kid) {
 | |
|         nsIFrameDebug*  frameDebug;
 | |
| 
 | |
|         if (NS_SUCCEEDED(kid->QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsIFrameDebug), (void**)&frameDebug))) {
 | |
|           frameDebug->DumpRegressionData(aPresContext, out, aIndent, aIncludeStyleData);
 | |
|         }
 | |
|         kid = kid->GetNextSibling();
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       aIndent--;
 | |
|       IndentBy(out, aIndent);
 | |
|       fprintf(out, "</child-list>\n");
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     list = GetAdditionalChildListName(listIndex++);
 | |
|   } while (nsnull != list);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| nsFrame::VerifyTree() const
 | |
| {
 | |
|   NS_ASSERTION(0 == (mState & NS_FRAME_IN_REFLOW), "frame is in reflow");
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*this method may.. invalidate if the state was changed or if aForceRedraw is PR_TRUE
 | |
|   it will not update immediately.*/
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| nsFrame::SetSelected(nsPresContext* aPresContext, nsIDOMRange *aRange, PRBool aSelected, nsSpread aSpread)
 | |
| {
 | |
| /*
 | |
|   if (aSelected && ParentDisablesSelection())
 | |
|     return NS_OK;
 | |
| */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // check whether style allows selection
 | |
|   PRBool  selectable;
 | |
|   IsSelectable(&selectable, nsnull);
 | |
|   if (!selectable)
 | |
|     return NS_OK;
 | |
| 
 | |
| /*
 | |
|   if (eSpreadDown == aSpread){
 | |
|     nsIFrame* kid = GetFirstChild(nsnull);
 | |
|     while (nsnull != kid) {
 | |
|       kid->SetSelected(nsnull,aSelected,aSpread);
 | |
|       kid = kid->GetNextSibling();
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| */
 | |
|   if ( aSelected ){
 | |
|     AddStateBits(NS_FRAME_SELECTED_CONTENT);
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   else
 | |
|     RemoveStateBits(NS_FRAME_SELECTED_CONTENT);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Repaint this frame subtree's entire area
 | |
|   Invalidate(GetOverflowRect(), PR_FALSE);
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef IBMBIDI
 | |
|   PRInt32 start, end;
 | |
|   nsIFrame* frame = GetNextSibling();
 | |
|   if (frame) {
 | |
|     GetFirstLeaf(aPresContext, &frame);
 | |
|     GetOffsets(start, end);
 | |
|     if (start && end) {
 | |
|       frame->SetSelected(aPresContext, aRange, aSelected, aSpread);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| #endif // IBMBIDI
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| nsFrame::GetSelected(PRBool *aSelected) const
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (!aSelected )
 | |
|     return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
 | |
|   *aSelected = (PRBool)(mState & NS_FRAME_SELECTED_CONTENT);
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| nsFrame::GetPointFromOffset(nsPresContext* inPresContext, nsIRenderingContext* inRendContext, PRInt32 inOffset, nsPoint* outPoint)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   NS_PRECONDITION(outPoint != nsnull, "Null parameter");
 | |
|   nsPoint bottomLeft(0, 0);
 | |
|   if (mContent)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|     nsIContent* newContent = mContent->GetParent();
 | |
|     if (newContent){
 | |
|       PRInt32 newOffset = newContent->IndexOf(mContent);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (inOffset > newOffset)
 | |
|         bottomLeft.x = GetRect().width;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   *outPoint = bottomLeft;
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| nsFrame::GetChildFrameContainingOffset(PRInt32 inContentOffset, PRBool inHint, PRInt32* outFrameContentOffset, nsIFrame **outChildFrame)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   NS_PRECONDITION(outChildFrame && outFrameContentOffset, "Null parameter");
 | |
|   *outFrameContentOffset = (PRInt32)inHint;
 | |
|   //the best frame to reflect any given offset would be a visible frame if possible
 | |
|   //i.e. we are looking for a valid frame to place the blinking caret 
 | |
|   nsRect rect = GetRect();
 | |
|   if (!rect.width || !rect.height)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|     //if we have a 0 width or height then lets look for another frame that possibly has
 | |
|     //the same content.  If we have no frames in flow then just let us return 'this' frame
 | |
|     nsIFrame* nextFlow = GetNextInFlow();
 | |
|     if (nextFlow)
 | |
|       return nextFlow->GetChildFrameContainingOffset(inContentOffset, inHint, outFrameContentOffset, outChildFrame);
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   *outChildFrame = this;
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| //
 | |
| // What I've pieced together about this routine:
 | |
| // Starting with a block frame (from which a line frame can be gotten)
 | |
| // and a line number, drill down and get the first/last selectable
 | |
| // frame on that line, depending on aPos->mDirection.
 | |
| // aOutSideLimit != 0 means ignore aLineStart, instead work from
 | |
| // the end (if > 0) or beginning (if < 0).
 | |
| //
 | |
| nsresult
 | |
| nsFrame::GetNextPrevLineFromeBlockFrame(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
 | |
|                                         nsPeekOffsetStruct *aPos,
 | |
|                                         nsIFrame *aBlockFrame, 
 | |
|                                         PRInt32 aLineStart, 
 | |
|                                         PRInt8 aOutSideLimit
 | |
|                                         )
 | |
| {
 | |
|   //magic numbers aLineStart will be -1 for end of block 0 will be start of block
 | |
|   if (!aBlockFrame || !aPos)
 | |
|     return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   aPos->mResultFrame = nsnull;
 | |
|   aPos->mResultContent = nsnull;
 | |
|   aPos->mPreferLeft = (aPos->mDirection == eDirNext);
 | |
| 
 | |
|    nsresult result;
 | |
|   nsCOMPtr<nsILineIteratorNavigator> it; 
 | |
|   result = aBlockFrame->QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsILineIteratorNavigator),getter_AddRefs(it));
 | |
|   if (NS_FAILED(result) || !it)
 | |
|     return result;
 | |
|   PRInt32 searchingLine = aLineStart;
 | |
|   PRInt32 countLines;
 | |
|   result = it->GetNumLines(&countLines);
 | |
|   if (aOutSideLimit > 0) //start at end
 | |
|     searchingLine = countLines;
 | |
|   else if (aOutSideLimit <0)//start at begining
 | |
|     searchingLine = -1;//"next" will be 0  
 | |
|   else 
 | |
|     if ((aPos->mDirection == eDirPrevious && searchingLine == 0) || 
 | |
|        (aPos->mDirection == eDirNext && searchingLine >= (countLines -1) )){
 | |
|       //we need to jump to new block frame.
 | |
|            return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   PRInt32 lineFrameCount;
 | |
|   nsIFrame *resultFrame = nsnull;
 | |
|   nsIFrame *farStoppingFrame = nsnull; //we keep searching until we find a "this" frame then we go to next line
 | |
|   nsIFrame *nearStoppingFrame = nsnull; //if we are backing up from edge, stop here
 | |
|   nsIFrame *firstFrame;
 | |
|   nsIFrame *lastFrame;
 | |
|   nsRect  rect;
 | |
|   PRBool isBeforeFirstFrame, isAfterLastFrame;
 | |
|   PRBool found = PR_FALSE;
 | |
|   while (!found)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|     if (aPos->mDirection == eDirPrevious)
 | |
|       searchingLine --;
 | |
|     else
 | |
|       searchingLine ++;
 | |
|     if ((aPos->mDirection == eDirPrevious && searchingLine < 0) || 
 | |
|        (aPos->mDirection == eDirNext && searchingLine >= countLines ))
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       //we need to jump to new block frame.
 | |
|       return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     PRUint32 lineFlags;
 | |
|     result = it->GetLine(searchingLine, &firstFrame, &lineFrameCount,
 | |
|                          rect, &lineFlags);
 | |
|     if (!lineFrameCount) 
 | |
|       continue;
 | |
|     if (NS_SUCCEEDED(result)){
 | |
|       lastFrame = firstFrame;
 | |
|       for (;lineFrameCount > 1;lineFrameCount --){
 | |
|         //result = lastFrame->GetNextSibling(&lastFrame, searchingLine);
 | |
|         result = it->GetNextSiblingOnLine(lastFrame, searchingLine);
 | |
|         if (NS_FAILED(result) || !lastFrame){
 | |
|           NS_ASSERTION(0,"should not be reached nsFrame\n");
 | |
|           return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       GetLastLeaf(aPresContext, &lastFrame);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (aPos->mDirection == eDirNext){
 | |
|         nearStoppingFrame = firstFrame;
 | |
|         farStoppingFrame = lastFrame;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       else{
 | |
|         nearStoppingFrame = lastFrame;
 | |
|         farStoppingFrame = firstFrame;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       nsPoint offset;
 | |
|       nsIView * view; //used for call of get offset from view
 | |
|       aBlockFrame->GetOffsetFromView(offset,&view);
 | |
|       nscoord newDesiredX  = aPos->mDesiredX - offset.x;//get desired x into blockframe coordinates!
 | |
| #ifdef IBMBIDI
 | |
|       result = it->FindFrameAt(searchingLine, newDesiredX, aPresContext->BidiEnabled(), &resultFrame, &isBeforeFirstFrame, &isAfterLastFrame);
 | |
| #else
 | |
|       result = it->FindFrameAt(searchingLine, newDesiredX, &resultFrame, &isBeforeFirstFrame, &isAfterLastFrame);
 | |
| #endif // IBMBIDI
 | |
|       if(NS_FAILED(result))
 | |
|         continue;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (NS_SUCCEEDED(result) && resultFrame)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       nsCOMPtr<nsILineIteratorNavigator> newIt; 
 | |
|       //check to see if this is ANOTHER blockframe inside the other one if so then call into its lines
 | |
|       result = resultFrame->QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsILineIteratorNavigator),getter_AddRefs(newIt));
 | |
|       if (NS_SUCCEEDED(result) && newIt)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|         aPos->mResultFrame = resultFrame;
 | |
|         return NS_OK;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       //resultFrame is not a block frame
 | |
| 
 | |
|       nsCOMPtr<nsIBidirectionalEnumerator> frameTraversal;
 | |
|       result = NS_NewFrameTraversal(getter_AddRefs(frameTraversal), LEAF,
 | |
|                                     aPresContext, resultFrame, aPos->mScrollViewStop);
 | |
|       if (NS_FAILED(result))
 | |
|         return result;
 | |
|       nsISupports *isupports = nsnull;
 | |
|       nsIFrame *storeOldResultFrame = resultFrame;
 | |
|       while ( !found ){
 | |
|         nsPresContext *context = aPos->mShell->GetPresContext();
 | |
|         nsPoint point;
 | |
|         point.x = aPos->mDesiredX;
 | |
| 
 | |
|         nsRect tempRect = resultFrame->GetRect();
 | |
|         nsPoint offset;
 | |
|         nsIView * view; //used for call of get offset from view
 | |
|         result = resultFrame->GetOffsetFromView(offset, &view);
 | |
|         if (NS_FAILED(result))
 | |
|           return result;
 | |
|         point.y = tempRect.height + offset.y;
 | |
| 
 | |
|         //special check. if we allow non-text selection then we can allow a hit location to fall before a table. 
 | |
|         //otherwise there is no way to get and click signal to fall before a table (it being a line iterator itself)
 | |
|         PRInt16 isEditor = 0;
 | |
|         nsIPresShell *shell = aPresContext->GetPresShell();
 | |
|         if (!shell)
 | |
|           return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
 | |
|         shell->GetSelectionFlags ( &isEditor );
 | |
|         isEditor = isEditor == nsISelectionDisplay::DISPLAY_ALL;
 | |
|         if ( isEditor ) 
 | |
|         {
 | |
|           if (resultFrame->GetType() == nsLayoutAtoms::tableOuterFrame)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|             if (((point.x - offset.x + tempRect.x)<0) ||  ((point.x - offset.x+ tempRect.x)>tempRect.width))//off left/right side
 | |
|             {
 | |
|               nsIContent* content = resultFrame->GetContent();
 | |
|               if (content)
 | |
|               {
 | |
|                 nsIContent* parent = content->GetParent();
 | |
|                 if (parent)
 | |
|                 {
 | |
|                   aPos->mResultContent = parent;
 | |
|                   aPos->mContentOffset = parent->IndexOf(content);
 | |
|                   aPos->mPreferLeft = PR_FALSE;
 | |
|                   if ((point.x - offset.x+ tempRect.x)>tempRect.width)
 | |
|                   {
 | |
|                     aPos->mContentOffset++;//go to end of this frame
 | |
|                     aPos->mPreferLeft = PR_TRUE;
 | |
|                   }
 | |
|                   aPos->mContentOffsetEnd = aPos->mContentOffset;
 | |
|                   //result frame is the result frames parent.
 | |
|                   aPos->mResultFrame = resultFrame->GetParent();
 | |
|                   return NS_POSITION_BEFORE_TABLE;
 | |
|                 }
 | |
|               }
 | |
|             }
 | |
|           }
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         if (!resultFrame->HasView())
 | |
|         {
 | |
|           rect = resultFrame->GetRect();
 | |
|           if (!rect.width || !rect.height)
 | |
|             result = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
 | |
|           else
 | |
|             result = resultFrame->GetContentAndOffsetsFromPoint(context,point,
 | |
|                                           getter_AddRefs(aPos->mResultContent),
 | |
|                                           aPos->mContentOffset,
 | |
|                                           aPos->mContentOffsetEnd,
 | |
|                                           aPos->mPreferLeft);
 | |
|         }
 | |
|         if (NS_SUCCEEDED(result))
 | |
|         {
 | |
|           found = PR_TRUE;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|         else {
 | |
|           if (aPos->mDirection == eDirPrevious && (resultFrame == farStoppingFrame))
 | |
|             break;
 | |
|           if (aPos->mDirection == eDirNext && (resultFrame == nearStoppingFrame))
 | |
|             break;
 | |
|           //always try previous on THAT line if that fails go the other way
 | |
|           result = frameTraversal->Prev();
 | |
|           if (NS_FAILED(result))
 | |
|             break;
 | |
|           result = frameTraversal->CurrentItem(&isupports);
 | |
|           if (NS_FAILED(result) || !isupports)
 | |
|             return result;
 | |
|           //we must CAST here to an nsIFrame. nsIFrame doesnt really follow the rules
 | |
|           resultFrame = (nsIFrame *)isupports;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (!found){
 | |
|         resultFrame = storeOldResultFrame;
 | |
|         result = NS_NewFrameTraversal(getter_AddRefs(frameTraversal), LEAF,
 | |
|                                       aPresContext, resultFrame, aPos->mScrollViewStop);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       while ( !found ){
 | |
|         nsPresContext *context = aPos->mShell->GetPresContext();
 | |
| 
 | |
|         nsPoint point;
 | |
|         point.x = aPos->mDesiredX;
 | |
|         point.y = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|         result = resultFrame->GetContentAndOffsetsFromPoint(context,point,
 | |
|                                           getter_AddRefs(aPos->mResultContent), aPos->mContentOffset,
 | |
|                                           aPos->mContentOffsetEnd, aPos->mPreferLeft);
 | |
| 			  PRBool selectable;
 | |
|         resultFrame->IsSelectable(&selectable, nsnull);
 | |
| 			  if (!selectable)
 | |
|           return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;//cant go to unselectable frame
 | |
|         
 | |
|         if (NS_SUCCEEDED(result))
 | |
|         {
 | |
|           found = PR_TRUE;
 | |
|           if (resultFrame == farStoppingFrame)
 | |
|             aPos->mPreferLeft = PR_FALSE;
 | |
|           else
 | |
|             aPos->mPreferLeft = PR_TRUE;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|         else {
 | |
|           if (aPos->mDirection == eDirPrevious && (resultFrame == nearStoppingFrame))
 | |
|             break;
 | |
|           if (aPos->mDirection == eDirNext && (resultFrame == farStoppingFrame))
 | |
|             break;
 | |
|           //previous didnt work now we try "next"
 | |
|           result = frameTraversal->Next();
 | |
|           if (NS_FAILED(result))
 | |
|             break;
 | |
|           result = frameTraversal->CurrentItem(&isupports);
 | |
|           if (NS_FAILED(result) || !isupports)
 | |
|             return result;
 | |
|           //we must CAST here to an nsIFrame. nsIFrame doesnt really follow the rules
 | |
|           resultFrame = (nsIFrame *)isupports;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       aPos->mResultFrame = resultFrame;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     else {
 | |
|         //we need to jump to new block frame.
 | |
|       aPos->mAmount = eSelectLine;
 | |
|       aPos->mStartOffset = 0;
 | |
|       aPos->mEatingWS = PR_FALSE;
 | |
|       aPos->mPreferLeft = !(aPos->mDirection == eDirNext);
 | |
|       if (aPos->mDirection == eDirPrevious)
 | |
|         aPos->mStartOffset = -1;//start from end
 | |
|      return aBlockFrame->PeekOffset(aPresContext, aPos);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsPeekOffsetStruct nsIFrame::GetExtremeCaretPosition(PRBool aStart)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   nsPeekOffsetStruct result;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   result.mResultContent = this->GetContent();
 | |
|   result.mContentOffset = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsIFrame *resultFrame = this;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (aStart)
 | |
|     nsFrame::GetFirstLeaf(GetPresContext(), &resultFrame);
 | |
|   else
 | |
|     nsFrame::GetLastLeaf(GetPresContext(), &resultFrame);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   NS_ASSERTION(resultFrame,"result frame for carent positioning is Null!");
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (!resultFrame)
 | |
|     return result;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // there should be some more validity checks here, or earlier in the code,
 | |
|   // in case we get to to some 'dummy' frames at the end of the content
 | |
|     
 | |
|   nsIContent* content = resultFrame->GetContent();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   NS_ASSERTION(resultFrame,"result frame content for carent positioning is Null!");
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (!content)
 | |
|     return result;
 | |
|   
 | |
|   // special case: if this is a br element, position the caret before it,
 | |
|   // not after it (perhaps the same exception should be made for some
 | |
|   // other elements?)
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsIAtom* tag = content->Tag();
 | |
|   if (tag == nsHTMLAtoms::br) {
 | |
|     // special case in effect
 | |
|     nsIContent* parent = content->GetParent();
 | |
|     NS_ASSERTION(parent,"<br> element has no parent!");
 | |
|     if (parent) {
 | |
|       result.mResultContent = parent;
 | |
|       result.mContentOffset = parent->IndexOf(content);
 | |
|       return result;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   result.mResultContent = content;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   PRInt32 start, end;
 | |
|   nsresult rv;
 | |
|   rv = GetOffsets(start,end);
 | |
|   if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
 | |
|     result.mContentOffset = aStart ? start : end;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return result;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Get a frame which can contain a line iterator
 | |
| // (which generally means it's a block frame).
 | |
| static nsILineIterator*
 | |
| GetBlockFrameAndLineIter(nsIFrame* aFrame, nsIFrame** aBlockFrame)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   nsILineIterator* it;
 | |
|   nsIFrame *blockFrame = aFrame;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   blockFrame = blockFrame->GetParent();
 | |
|   if (!blockFrame) //if at line 0 then nothing to do
 | |
|     return 0;
 | |
|   nsresult result = blockFrame->QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsILineIterator), (void**)&it);
 | |
|   if (NS_SUCCEEDED(result) && it)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|     if (aBlockFrame)
 | |
|       *aBlockFrame = blockFrame;
 | |
|     return it;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   while (blockFrame)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|     blockFrame = blockFrame->GetParent();
 | |
|     if (blockFrame) {
 | |
|       result = blockFrame->QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsILineIterator),
 | |
|                                           (void**)&it);
 | |
|       if (NS_SUCCEEDED(result) && it)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|         if (aBlockFrame)
 | |
|           *aBlockFrame = blockFrame;
 | |
|         return it;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return 0;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsresult
 | |
| nsFrame::PeekOffsetParagraph(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
 | |
|                              nsPeekOffsetStruct *aPos)
 | |
| {
 | |
| #ifdef DEBUG_paragraph
 | |
|   printf("Selecting paragraph\n");
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|   nsIFrame* blockFrame;
 | |
|   nsCOMPtr<nsILineIterator> iter (getter_AddRefs(GetBlockFrameAndLineIter(this, &blockFrame)));
 | |
|   if (!blockFrame || !iter)
 | |
|     return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   PRInt32 thisLine;
 | |
|   nsresult result = iter->FindLineContaining(this, &thisLine);
 | |
| #ifdef DEBUG_paragraph
 | |
|   printf("Looping %s from line %d\n",
 | |
|          aPos->mDirection == eDirPrevious ? "back" : "forward",
 | |
|          thisLine);
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|   if (NS_FAILED(result) || thisLine < 0)
 | |
|     return result ? result : NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Now, theoretically, we should be able to loop over lines
 | |
|   // looking for lines that end in breaks.
 | |
|   PRInt32 di = (aPos->mDirection == eDirPrevious ? -1 : 1);
 | |
|   for (PRInt32 i = thisLine; ; i += di)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|     nsIFrame* firstFrameOnLine;
 | |
|     PRInt32 numFramesOnLine;
 | |
|     nsRect lineBounds;
 | |
|     PRUint32 lineFlags;
 | |
|     if (i >= 0)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       result = iter->GetLine(i, &firstFrameOnLine, &numFramesOnLine,
 | |
|                              lineBounds, &lineFlags);
 | |
|       if (NS_FAILED(result) || !firstFrameOnLine || !numFramesOnLine)
 | |
|       {
 | |
| #ifdef DEBUG_paragraph
 | |
|         printf("End loop at line %d\n", i);
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|         break;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     if (lineFlags & NS_LINE_FLAG_ENDS_IN_BREAK || i < 0)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       // Fill in aPos with the info on the new position
 | |
| #ifdef DEBUG_paragraph
 | |
|       printf("Found a paragraph break at line %d\n", i);
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
|       // Save the old direction, but now go one line back the other way
 | |
|       nsDirection oldDirection = aPos->mDirection;
 | |
|       if (oldDirection == eDirPrevious)
 | |
|         aPos->mDirection = eDirNext;
 | |
|       else
 | |
|         aPos->mDirection = eDirPrevious;
 | |
| #ifdef SIMPLE /* nope */
 | |
|       result = GetNextPrevLineFromeBlockFrame(aPresContext,
 | |
|                                               aPos,
 | |
|                                               blockFrame,
 | |
|                                               i,
 | |
|                                               0);
 | |
|       if (NS_FAILED(result))
 | |
|         printf("GetNextPrevLineFromeBlockFrame failed\n");
 | |
| 
 | |
| #else /* SIMPLE -- alas, nope */
 | |
|       int edgeCase = 0;//no edge case. this should look at thisLine
 | |
|       PRBool doneLooping = PR_FALSE;//tells us when no more block frames hit.
 | |
|       //this part will find a frame or a block frame. if its a block frame
 | |
|       //it will "drill down" to find a viable frame or it will return an error.
 | |
|       do {
 | |
|         result = GetNextPrevLineFromeBlockFrame(aPresContext,
 | |
|                                                 aPos, 
 | |
|                                                 blockFrame, 
 | |
|                                                 thisLine, 
 | |
|                                                 edgeCase //start from thisLine
 | |
|           );
 | |
|         if (aPos->mResultFrame == this)//we came back to same spot! keep going
 | |
|         {
 | |
|           aPos->mResultFrame = nsnull;
 | |
|           if (aPos->mDirection == eDirPrevious)
 | |
|             thisLine--;
 | |
|           else
 | |
|             thisLine++;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|         else
 | |
|           doneLooping = PR_TRUE; //do not continue with while loop
 | |
|         if (NS_SUCCEEDED(result) && aPos->mResultFrame)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|           result = aPos->mResultFrame->QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsILineIterator),
 | |
|                                                       getter_AddRefs(iter));
 | |
|           if (NS_SUCCEEDED(result) && iter)//we've struck another block element!
 | |
|           {
 | |
|             doneLooping = PR_FALSE;
 | |
|             if (aPos->mDirection == eDirPrevious)
 | |
|               edgeCase = 1;//far edge, search from end backwards
 | |
|             else
 | |
|               edgeCase = -1;//near edge search from beginning onwards
 | |
|             thisLine=0;//this line means nothing now.
 | |
|             //everything else means something so keep looking "inside" the block
 | |
|             blockFrame = aPos->mResultFrame;
 | |
| 
 | |
|           }
 | |
|           else
 | |
|             result = NS_OK;//THIS is to mean that everything is ok to the containing while loop
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       } while (!doneLooping);
 | |
| 
 | |
| #endif /* SIMPLE -- alas, nope */
 | |
| 
 | |
|       // Restore old direction before returning:
 | |
|       aPos->mDirection = oldDirection;
 | |
|       return result;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Line and paragraph selection (and probably several other cases)
 | |
| // can get a containing frame from a line iterator, but then need
 | |
| // to "drill down" to get the content and offset corresponding to
 | |
| // the last child subframe.  Hence:
 | |
| // Alas, this doesn't entirely work; it's blocked by some style changes.
 | |
| static nsresult
 | |
| DrillDownToEndOfLine(nsIFrame* aFrame, PRInt32 aLineNo, PRInt32 aLineFrameCount,
 | |
|                      nsRect& aUsedRect, nsPeekOffsetStruct* aPos)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (!aFrame)
 | |
|     return NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
 | |
|   nsresult rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
 | |
|   PRBool found = PR_FALSE;
 | |
|   nsCOMPtr<nsIAtom> frameType;
 | |
|   while (!found)  // this loop searches for a valid point to leave the peek offset struct.
 | |
|   {
 | |
|     nsIFrame *nextFrame = aFrame;
 | |
|     nsIFrame *currentFrame = aFrame;
 | |
|     PRInt32 i;
 | |
|     for (i=1; i<aLineFrameCount && nextFrame; i++) //already have 1st frame
 | |
|     {
 | |
| 		  currentFrame = nextFrame;
 | |
|       // If we do GetNextSibling, we don't go far enough
 | |
|       // (is aLineFrameCount too small?)
 | |
|       // If we do GetNextInFlow, we hit a null.
 | |
|       nextFrame = currentFrame->GetNextSibling();
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     if (!nextFrame) //premature leaving of loop.
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       nextFrame = currentFrame; //back it up. lets show a warning
 | |
|       NS_WARNING("lineFrame Count lied to us from nsILineIterator!\n");
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     if (!nextFrame->GetRect().width) //this can happen with BR frames and or empty placeholder frames.
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       //if we do hit an empty frame then back up the current frame to the frame before it if there is one.
 | |
|       nextFrame = currentFrame; 
 | |
|     }
 | |
|       
 | |
|     nsPoint offsetPoint; //used for offset of result frame
 | |
|     nsIView * view; //used for call of get offset from view
 | |
|     nextFrame->GetOffsetFromView(offsetPoint, &view);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     offsetPoint.x += 2* aUsedRect.width; //2* just to be sure we are off the edge
 | |
|     // This doesn't seem very efficient since GetPosition
 | |
|     // has to do a binary search.
 | |
| 
 | |
|     nsPresContext *context = aPos->mShell->GetPresContext();
 | |
|     PRInt32 endoffset;
 | |
|     rv = nextFrame->GetContentAndOffsetsFromPoint(context,
 | |
|                                                   offsetPoint,
 | |
|                                                   getter_AddRefs(aPos->mResultContent),
 | |
|                                                   aPos->mContentOffset,
 | |
|                                                   endoffset,
 | |
|                                                   aPos->mPreferLeft);
 | |
|     if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
 | |
|       return PR_TRUE;
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef DEBUG_paragraph
 | |
|     NS_ASSERTION(PR_FALSE, "Looping around in PeekOffset\n");
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|     aLineFrameCount--;
 | |
|     if (aLineFrameCount == 0)
 | |
|       break;//just fail out
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return rv;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| nsFrame::PeekOffset(nsPresContext* aPresContext, nsPeekOffsetStruct *aPos)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (!aPos || !aPos->mShell)
 | |
|     return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
 | |
|   nsresult result = NS_ERROR_FAILURE; 
 | |
|   PRInt32 endoffset;
 | |
|   nsPoint point;
 | |
|   point.x = aPos->mDesiredX;
 | |
|   point.y = 0;
 | |
|   switch (aPos->mAmount){
 | |
|   case eSelectCharacter : case eSelectWord:
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       if (mContent)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|         nsIContent* newContent = mContent->GetParent();
 | |
|         if (newContent){
 | |
|           aPos->mResultContent = newContent;
 | |
| 
 | |
|           PRInt32 newOffset = newContent->IndexOf(mContent);
 | |
| 
 | |
|           if (aPos->mDirection == eDirNext)
 | |
|             aPos->mContentOffset = newOffset + 1;
 | |
|           else
 | |
|             aPos->mContentOffset = newOffset;//to beginning of frame
 | |
| 
 | |
|           result = GetFrameFromDirection(aPresContext, aPos);
 | |
|           if (NS_FAILED(result))
 | |
|             return result;
 | |
|           PRBool selectable = PR_FALSE;
 | |
|           if (aPos->mResultFrame)
 | |
|             aPos->mResultFrame->IsSelectable(&selectable, nsnull);
 | |
|           if (NS_FAILED(result) || !aPos->mResultFrame || !selectable)
 | |
|           {
 | |
|             return result?result:NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
 | |
|           }
 | |
|           return aPos->mResultFrame->PeekOffset(aPresContext, aPos);
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|     }//drop into no amount
 | |
|     case eSelectNoAmount:
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       nsPresContext *context = aPos->mShell->GetPresContext();
 | |
|       if (!context)
 | |
|         return NS_OK;
 | |
|       result = GetContentAndOffsetsFromPoint(context,point,
 | |
|                              getter_AddRefs(aPos->mResultContent),
 | |
|                              aPos->mContentOffset,
 | |
|                              endoffset,
 | |
|                              aPos->mPreferLeft);
 | |
|     }break;
 | |
|     case eSelectLine :
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       nsCOMPtr<nsILineIteratorNavigator> iter; 
 | |
|       nsIFrame *blockFrame = this;
 | |
|       nsIFrame *thisBlock = this;
 | |
|       PRInt32   thisLine;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       while (NS_FAILED(result)){
 | |
|         thisBlock = blockFrame;
 | |
|         blockFrame = blockFrame->GetParent();
 | |
|         if (!blockFrame) //if at line 0 then nothing to do
 | |
|           return NS_OK;
 | |
|         result = blockFrame->QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsILineIteratorNavigator),getter_AddRefs(iter));
 | |
|         while (NS_FAILED(result) && blockFrame)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|           thisBlock = blockFrame;
 | |
|           blockFrame = blockFrame->GetParent();
 | |
|           result = NS_OK;
 | |
|           if (blockFrame) {
 | |
|             result = blockFrame->QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsILineIteratorNavigator),getter_AddRefs(iter));
 | |
|           }
 | |
|         }
 | |
|         //this block is now one child down from blockframe
 | |
|         if (NS_FAILED(result) || !iter || !blockFrame || !thisBlock)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|           return ((result) ? result : NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         if (thisBlock->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_OUT_OF_FLOW)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|           //if we are searching for a frame that is not in flow we will not find it. 
 | |
|           //we must instead look for its placeholder
 | |
|           thisBlock =
 | |
|             aPresContext->FrameManager()->GetPlaceholderFrameFor(thisBlock);
 | |
| 
 | |
|           if (!thisBlock)
 | |
|             return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         result = iter->FindLineContaining(thisBlock, &thisLine);
 | |
| 
 | |
|         if (NS_FAILED(result))
 | |
|            return result;
 | |
| 
 | |
|         if (thisLine < 0) 
 | |
|           return  NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|         int edgeCase = 0;//no edge case. this should look at thisLine
 | |
|         PRBool doneLooping = PR_FALSE;//tells us when no more block frames hit.
 | |
|         //this part will find a frame or a block frame. if its a block frame
 | |
|         //it will "drill down" to find a viable frame or it will return an error.
 | |
|         nsIFrame *lastFrame = this;
 | |
|         do {
 | |
|           result = GetNextPrevLineFromeBlockFrame(aPresContext,
 | |
|                                                   aPos, 
 | |
|                                                   blockFrame, 
 | |
|                                                   thisLine, 
 | |
|                                                   edgeCase //start from thisLine
 | |
|             );
 | |
|           if (NS_SUCCEEDED(result) && (!aPos->mResultFrame || aPos->mResultFrame == lastFrame))//we came back to same spot! keep going
 | |
|           {
 | |
|             aPos->mResultFrame = nsnull;
 | |
|             if (aPos->mDirection == eDirPrevious)
 | |
|               thisLine--;
 | |
|             else
 | |
|               thisLine++;
 | |
|           }
 | |
|           else //if failure or success with different frame.
 | |
|             doneLooping = PR_TRUE; //do not continue with while loop
 | |
| 
 | |
|           lastFrame = aPos->mResultFrame; //set last frame 
 | |
| 
 | |
|           if (NS_SUCCEEDED(result) && aPos->mResultFrame 
 | |
|             && blockFrame != aPos->mResultFrame)// make sure block element is not the same as the one we had before
 | |
|           {
 | |
| /* SPECIAL CHECK FOR TABLE NAVIGATION
 | |
|   tables need to navigate also and the frame that supports it is nsTableRowGroupFrame which is INSIDE
 | |
|   nsTableOuterFrame.  if we have stumbled onto an nsTableOuter we need to drill into nsTableRowGroup
 | |
|   if we hit a header or footer thats ok just go into them,
 | |
| */
 | |
|             PRBool searchTableBool = PR_FALSE;
 | |
|             if (aPos->mResultFrame->GetType() == nsLayoutAtoms::tableOuterFrame ||
 | |
|                 aPos->mResultFrame->GetType() == nsLayoutAtoms::tableCellFrame)
 | |
|             {
 | |
|               nsIFrame *frame = aPos->mResultFrame->GetFirstChild(nsnull);
 | |
|               //got the table frame now
 | |
|               while(frame) //ok time to drill down to find iterator
 | |
|               {
 | |
|                 result = frame->QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsILineIteratorNavigator),
 | |
|                                                           getter_AddRefs(iter));
 | |
|                 if (NS_SUCCEEDED(result))
 | |
|                 {
 | |
|                   aPos->mResultFrame = frame;
 | |
|                   searchTableBool = PR_TRUE;
 | |
|                   break; //while(frame)
 | |
|                 }
 | |
|                 frame = frame->GetFirstChild(nsnull);
 | |
|               }
 | |
|             }
 | |
|             if (!searchTableBool)
 | |
|               result = aPos->mResultFrame->QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsILineIteratorNavigator),
 | |
|                                                         getter_AddRefs(iter));
 | |
|             if (NS_SUCCEEDED(result) && iter)//we've struck another block element!
 | |
|             {
 | |
|               doneLooping = PR_FALSE;
 | |
|               if (aPos->mDirection == eDirPrevious)
 | |
|                 edgeCase = 1;//far edge, search from end backwards
 | |
|               else
 | |
|                 edgeCase = -1;//near edge search from beginning onwards
 | |
|               thisLine=0;//this line means nothing now.
 | |
|               //everything else means something so keep looking "inside" the block
 | |
|               blockFrame = aPos->mResultFrame;
 | |
| 
 | |
|             }
 | |
|             else
 | |
|             {
 | |
|               result = NS_OK;//THIS is to mean that everything is ok to the containing while loop
 | |
|               break;
 | |
|             }
 | |
|           }
 | |
|         } while (!doneLooping);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case eSelectParagraph:
 | |
|       return PeekOffsetParagraph(aPresContext, aPos);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     case eSelectBeginLine:
 | |
|     case eSelectEndLine:
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       nsCOMPtr<nsILineIteratorNavigator> it; 
 | |
|       nsIFrame* thisBlock = this;
 | |
|       nsIFrame* blockFrame = GetParent();
 | |
|       if (!blockFrame) //if at line 0 then nothing to do
 | |
|         return NS_OK;
 | |
|       result = blockFrame->QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsILineIteratorNavigator),getter_AddRefs(it));
 | |
|       while (NS_FAILED(result) && blockFrame)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|         thisBlock = blockFrame;
 | |
|         blockFrame = blockFrame->GetParent();
 | |
|         result = NS_OK;
 | |
|         if (blockFrame) {
 | |
|           result = blockFrame->QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsILineIteratorNavigator),getter_AddRefs(it));
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       if (NS_FAILED(result) || !it || !blockFrame || !thisBlock)
 | |
|         return result;
 | |
|       //this block is now one child down from blockframe
 | |
| 
 | |
|       PRInt32   thisLine;
 | |
|       result = it->FindLineContaining(thisBlock, &thisLine);
 | |
|       if (NS_FAILED(result) || thisLine < 0 )
 | |
|         return result;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       PRInt32 lineFrameCount;
 | |
|       nsIFrame *firstFrame;
 | |
|       nsRect  usedRect; 
 | |
|       PRUint32 lineFlags;
 | |
|       result = it->GetLine(thisLine, &firstFrame, &lineFrameCount,usedRect,
 | |
|                            &lineFlags);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       if (eSelectBeginLine == aPos->mAmount)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|         nsPresContext *context = aPos->mShell->GetPresContext();
 | |
|         if (!context)
 | |
|           return NS_OK;
 | |
| 
 | |
|         while (firstFrame)
 | |
|         {
 | |
|           nsPoint offsetPoint; //used for offset of result frame
 | |
|           nsIView * view; //used for call of get offset from view
 | |
|           firstFrame->GetOffsetFromView(offsetPoint, &view);
 | |
| 
 | |
|           offsetPoint.x = 0;//all the way to the left
 | |
|           result = firstFrame->GetContentAndOffsetsFromPoint(context,
 | |
|                                                              offsetPoint,
 | |
|                                            getter_AddRefs(aPos->mResultContent),
 | |
|                                            aPos->mContentOffset,
 | |
|                                            endoffset,
 | |
|                                            aPos->mPreferLeft);
 | |
|           if (NS_SUCCEEDED(result))
 | |
|             break;
 | |
|           result = it->GetNextSiblingOnLine(firstFrame,thisLine);
 | |
|           if (NS_FAILED(result))
 | |
|             break;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       else  // eSelectEndLine
 | |
|       {
 | |
|         // We have the last frame, but we need to drill down
 | |
|         // to get the last offset in the last content represented
 | |
|         // by that frame.
 | |
|         return DrillDownToEndOfLine(firstFrame, thisLine, lineFrameCount,
 | |
|                                     usedRect, aPos);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       return result;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     default: 
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       if (NS_SUCCEEDED(result))
 | |
|         result = aPos->mResultFrame->PeekOffset(aPresContext, aPos);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }                          
 | |
|   return result;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| nsFrame::CheckVisibility(nsPresContext* , PRInt32 , PRInt32 , PRBool , PRBool *, PRBool *)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| PRInt32
 | |
| nsFrame::GetLineNumber(nsIFrame *aFrame)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   nsIFrame *blockFrame = aFrame;
 | |
|   nsIFrame *thisBlock;
 | |
|   PRInt32   thisLine;
 | |
|   nsCOMPtr<nsILineIteratorNavigator> it; 
 | |
|   nsresult result = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
 | |
|   while (NS_FAILED(result) && blockFrame)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|     thisBlock = blockFrame;
 | |
|     blockFrame = blockFrame->GetParent();
 | |
|     result = NS_OK;
 | |
|     if (blockFrame) {
 | |
|       result = blockFrame->QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsILineIteratorNavigator),getter_AddRefs(it));
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   if (!blockFrame || !it)
 | |
|     return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
 | |
|   result = it->FindLineContaining(thisBlock, &thisLine);
 | |
|   if (NS_FAILED(result))
 | |
|     return -1;
 | |
|   return thisLine;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| //this will use the nsFrameTraversal as the default peek method.
 | |
| //this should change to use geometry and also look to ALL the child lists
 | |
| //we need to set up line information to make sure we dont jump across line boundaries
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| nsFrame::GetFrameFromDirection(nsPresContext* aPresContext, nsPeekOffsetStruct *aPos)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   nsIFrame *blockFrame = this;
 | |
|   nsIFrame *thisBlock;
 | |
|   PRInt32   thisLine;
 | |
|   nsCOMPtr<nsILineIteratorNavigator> it; 
 | |
|   nsresult result = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
 | |
|   while (NS_FAILED(result) && blockFrame)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|     thisBlock = blockFrame;
 | |
|     blockFrame = blockFrame->GetParent();
 | |
|     result = NS_OK;
 | |
|     if (blockFrame) {
 | |
|       result = blockFrame->QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsILineIteratorNavigator),getter_AddRefs(it));
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   if (!blockFrame || !it)
 | |
|     return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
 | |
|   result = it->FindLineContaining(thisBlock, &thisLine);
 | |
|   if (NS_FAILED(result))
 | |
|     return result;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsIFrame *traversedFrame = this;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsIFrame *firstFrame;
 | |
|   nsIFrame *lastFrame;
 | |
|   nsRect  nonUsedRect;
 | |
|   PRInt32 lineFrameCount;
 | |
|   PRUint32 lineFlags;
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef IBMBIDI
 | |
|   /* Check whether the visual and logical order of the frames are different */
 | |
|   PRBool lineIsReordered = PR_FALSE;
 | |
|   nsIFrame *firstVisual;
 | |
|   nsIFrame *lastVisual;
 | |
|   PRBool lineIsRTL;
 | |
|   PRBool lineJump = PR_FALSE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   it->GetDirection(&lineIsRTL);
 | |
|   result = it->CheckLineOrder(thisLine, &lineIsReordered, &firstVisual, &lastVisual);
 | |
|   if (NS_FAILED(result))
 | |
|     return result;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (lineIsReordered) {
 | |
|     firstFrame = firstVisual;
 | |
|     lastFrame = lastVisual;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   else
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|   {
 | |
|     result = it->GetLine(thisLine, &firstFrame, &lineFrameCount,nonUsedRect,
 | |
|                          &lineFlags);
 | |
|     if (NS_FAILED(result))
 | |
|       return result;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     lastFrame = firstFrame;
 | |
|     for (;lineFrameCount > 1;lineFrameCount --){
 | |
|       result = it->GetNextSiblingOnLine(lastFrame, thisLine);
 | |
|       if (NS_FAILED(result) || !lastFrame){
 | |
|         NS_ASSERTION(0,"should not be reached nsFrame\n");
 | |
|         return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   GetFirstLeaf(aPresContext, &firstFrame);
 | |
|   GetLastLeaf(aPresContext, &lastFrame);
 | |
|   //END LINE DATA CODE
 | |
|   if 
 | |
| #ifndef IBMBIDI  // jumping lines in RTL paragraphs
 | |
|       ((aPos->mDirection == eDirNext && lastFrame == this)
 | |
|        ||(aPos->mDirection == eDirPrevious && firstFrame == this))
 | |
| #else
 | |
|       (((lineIsRTL) &&
 | |
|         ((aPos->mDirection == eDirNext && firstFrame == this)
 | |
|          ||(aPos->mDirection == eDirPrevious && lastFrame == this)))
 | |
|        ||
 | |
|        ((!lineIsRTL) &&
 | |
|         ((aPos->mDirection == eDirNext && lastFrame == this)
 | |
|          ||(aPos->mDirection == eDirPrevious && firstFrame == this))))
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|   {
 | |
|     if (aPos->mJumpLines != PR_TRUE)
 | |
|       return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;//we are done. cannot jump lines
 | |
| #ifdef IBMBIDI
 | |
|     lineJump = PR_TRUE;
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|     if (aPos->mAmount != eSelectWord)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       aPos->mPreferLeft = (PRBool)!(aPos->mPreferLeft);//drift to other side
 | |
|       aPos->mAmount = eSelectNoAmount;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     else{
 | |
|       if (aPos->mEatingWS)//done finding what we wanted
 | |
|         return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
 | |
|       if (aPos->mDirection == eDirNext)
 | |
|       {
 | |
|         aPos->mPreferLeft = (PRBool)!(aPos->mPreferLeft);//drift to other side
 | |
| #ifdef IBMBIDI
 | |
|         if (lineIsRTL)
 | |
|           aPos->mAmount = eSelectNoAmount;
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   if (aPos->mAmount == eSelectDir)
 | |
|     aPos->mAmount = eSelectNoAmount;//just get to next frame.
 | |
|   nsCOMPtr<nsIBidirectionalEnumerator> frameTraversal;
 | |
| #ifdef IBMBIDI
 | |
|   result = NS_NewFrameTraversal(getter_AddRefs(frameTraversal),
 | |
|                                 (lineIsReordered) ? VISUAL : LEAF,
 | |
|                                 aPresContext, 
 | |
|                                 (lineJump && lineIsRTL)
 | |
|                                 ? (aPos->mDirection == eDirNext) ? lastFrame : firstFrame
 | |
|                                 : traversedFrame, aPos->mScrollViewStop);
 | |
| #else
 | |
|   //if we are a container frame we MUST init with last leaf for eDirNext
 | |
|   //
 | |
|   result = NS_NewFrameTraversal(getter_AddRefs(frameTraversal), LEAF, aPresContext, traversedFrame, aPos->mScrollViewStop);
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|   if (NS_FAILED(result))
 | |
|     return result;
 | |
|   nsISupports *isupports = nsnull;
 | |
| #ifdef IBMBIDI
 | |
|   nsIFrame *newFrame;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   for (;;) {
 | |
|     if (lineIsRTL && lineJump) 
 | |
|       if (aPos->mDirection == eDirPrevious)
 | |
|         result = frameTraversal->Next();
 | |
|       else 
 | |
|         result = frameTraversal->Prev();
 | |
|     else
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|       if (aPos->mDirection == eDirNext)
 | |
|         result = frameTraversal->Next();
 | |
|       else 
 | |
|         result = frameTraversal->Prev();
 | |
|     
 | |
|   if (NS_FAILED(result))
 | |
|     return result;
 | |
|   result = frameTraversal->CurrentItem(&isupports);
 | |
|   if (NS_FAILED(result))
 | |
|     return result;
 | |
|   if (!isupports)
 | |
|     return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
 | |
|   //we must CAST here to an nsIFrame. nsIFrame doesnt really follow the rules
 | |
|   //for speed reasons
 | |
| #ifndef IBMBIDI
 | |
|   nsIFrame *newFrame = (nsIFrame *)isupports;
 | |
| #else
 | |
|   
 | |
|   newFrame = (nsIFrame *)isupports;
 | |
|   nsIContent *content = newFrame->GetContent();
 | |
|   if (!lineJump && (content == mContent))
 | |
|   {
 | |
|     //we will continue if this is NOT a text node. 
 | |
|     //in the case of a text node since that does not mean we are stuck. it could mean a change in style for
 | |
|     //the text node.  in the case of a hruleframe with generated before and after content, we do not
 | |
|     //want the splittable generated frame to get us stuck on an HR
 | |
|     if (nsLayoutAtoms::textFrame != newFrame->GetType())
 | |
|       continue;  //we should NOT be getting stuck on the same piece of content on the same line. skip to next line.
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   PRBool isBidiGhostFrame = (newFrame->GetRect().IsEmpty() &&
 | |
|                              (newFrame->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_IS_BIDI));
 | |
|   if (isBidiGhostFrame)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|     // If the rectangle is empty and the NS_FRAME_IS_BIDI flag is set, this is most likely 
 | |
|     // a non-renderable frame created at the end of the line by Bidi reordering.
 | |
|     lineJump = PR_TRUE;
 | |
|     aPos->mAmount = eSelectNoAmount;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   else
 | |
|   {
 | |
|     PRBool selectable =  PR_TRUE; //usually fine
 | |
|     newFrame->IsSelectable(&selectable, nsnull);
 | |
|     if (selectable)
 | |
|       break; // for (;;)
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   PRBool newLineIsRTL = PR_FALSE;
 | |
|   if (lineJump) {
 | |
|     blockFrame = newFrame;
 | |
|     nsresult result = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
 | |
|     while (NS_FAILED(result) && blockFrame)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       thisBlock = blockFrame;
 | |
|       blockFrame = blockFrame->GetParent();
 | |
|       result = NS_OK;
 | |
|       if (blockFrame) {
 | |
|         result = blockFrame->QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsILineIteratorNavigator), getter_AddRefs(it));
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     if (!blockFrame || !it)
 | |
|       return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
 | |
|     result = it->FindLineContaining(thisBlock, &thisLine);
 | |
|     if (NS_FAILED(result))
 | |
|       return result;
 | |
|     it->GetDirection(&newLineIsRTL);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     result = it->CheckLineOrder(thisLine, &lineIsReordered, &firstVisual, &lastVisual);
 | |
|     if (NS_FAILED(result))
 | |
|       return result;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (lineIsReordered)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       firstFrame = firstVisual;
 | |
|       lastFrame = lastVisual;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     else
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       result = it->GetLine(thisLine, &firstFrame, &lineFrameCount, nonUsedRect,
 | |
|                            &lineFlags);
 | |
|       if (NS_FAILED(result))
 | |
|         return result;
 | |
|       if (!firstFrame)
 | |
|         return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|       lastFrame = firstFrame;
 | |
|       for (;lineFrameCount > 1;lineFrameCount --){
 | |
|         result = it->GetNextSiblingOnLine(lastFrame, thisLine);
 | |
|         if (NS_FAILED(result) || !lastFrame){
 | |
|           NS_ASSERTION(0,"should not be reached nsFrame\n");
 | |
|           return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     GetFirstLeaf(aPresContext, &firstFrame);
 | |
|     GetLastLeaf(aPresContext, &lastFrame);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (newLineIsRTL) {
 | |
|       if (aPos->mDirection == eDirPrevious)
 | |
|         newFrame = firstFrame;
 | |
|       else
 | |
|         newFrame = lastFrame;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     else {
 | |
|       if (aPos->mDirection == eDirNext)
 | |
|         newFrame = firstFrame;
 | |
|       else
 | |
|         newFrame = lastFrame;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     PRBool selectable =  PR_TRUE; //usually fine
 | |
|     newFrame->IsSelectable(&selectable, nsnull);
 | |
|     if (!selectable)
 | |
|       lineJump = PR_FALSE;
 | |
|   } // for (;;) we will break from inside
 | |
| #endif // IBMBIDI
 | |
|   if (aPos->mDirection == eDirNext)
 | |
|     aPos->mStartOffset = 0;
 | |
|   else
 | |
|     aPos->mStartOffset = -1;
 | |
| #ifdef IBMBIDI
 | |
|   PRUint8 oldLevel = NS_GET_EMBEDDING_LEVEL(this);
 | |
|   PRUint8 newLevel = NS_GET_EMBEDDING_LEVEL(newFrame);
 | |
|   if (newLevel & 1) // The new frame is RTL, go to the other end
 | |
|     aPos->mStartOffset = -1 - aPos->mStartOffset;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if ((aPos->mAmount == eSelectNoAmount) && ((newLevel & 1) != (oldLevel & 1)))  {
 | |
|     aPos->mPreferLeft = !(aPos->mPreferLeft);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|   aPos->mResultFrame = newFrame;
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsIView* nsIFrame::GetClosestView(nsPoint* aOffset) const
 | |
| {
 | |
|   nsPoint offset(0,0);
 | |
|   for (const nsIFrame *f = this; f; f = f->GetParent()) {
 | |
|     if (f->HasView()) {
 | |
|       if (aOffset)
 | |
|         *aOffset = offset;
 | |
|       return f->GetView();
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     offset += f->GetPosition();
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   NS_NOTREACHED("No view on any parent?  How did that happen?");
 | |
|   return nsnull;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| nsFrame::ReflowDirtyChild(nsIPresShell* aPresShell, nsIFrame* aChild)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   NS_ASSERTION(0, "nsFrame::ReflowDirtyChild() should never be called.");  
 | |
|   return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;    
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef ACCESSIBILITY
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| nsFrame::GetAccessible(nsIAccessible** aAccessible)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
 | |
| }
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Destructor function for the overflow area property
 | |
| static void
 | |
| DestroyRectFunc(void*           aFrame,
 | |
|                 nsIAtom*        aPropertyName,
 | |
|                 void*           aPropertyValue,
 | |
|                 void*           aDtorData)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   delete (nsRect*)aPropertyValue;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsRect*
 | |
| nsIFrame::GetOverflowAreaProperty(PRBool aCreateIfNecessary) 
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (!((GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_OUTSIDE_CHILDREN) || aCreateIfNecessary)) {
 | |
|     return nsnull;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsPropertyTable *propTable = GetPresContext()->PropertyTable();
 | |
|   void *value = propTable->GetProperty(this,
 | |
|                                        nsLayoutAtoms::overflowAreaProperty);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (value) {
 | |
|     return (nsRect*)value;  // the property already exists
 | |
|   } else if (aCreateIfNecessary) {
 | |
|     // The property isn't set yet, so allocate a new rect, set the property,
 | |
|     // and return the newly allocated rect
 | |
|     nsRect*  overflow = new nsRect(0, 0, 0, 0);
 | |
|     propTable->SetProperty(this, nsLayoutAtoms::overflowAreaProperty,
 | |
|                            overflow, DestroyRectFunc, nsnull);
 | |
|     return overflow;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return nsnull;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void 
 | |
| nsIFrame::FinishAndStoreOverflow(nsRect* aOverflowArea, nsSize aNewSize)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   // This is now called FinishAndStoreOverflow() instead of 
 | |
|   // StoreOverflow() because frame-generic ways of adding overflow
 | |
|   // can happen here, e.g. CSS2 outline.
 | |
|   // If we find more things other than outline that need to be added,
 | |
|   // we should think about starting a new method like GetAdditionalOverflow()
 | |
|   NS_ASSERTION(aNewSize.width == 0 || aNewSize.height == 0 ||
 | |
|                aOverflowArea->Contains(nsRect(nsPoint(0, 0), aNewSize)),
 | |
|                "Computed overflow area must contain frame bounds");
 | |
| 
 | |
|   PRBool hasOutline;
 | |
|   nsRect outlineRect(ComputeOutlineRect(this, &hasOutline, *aOverflowArea));
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (hasOutline ||
 | |
|       (aOverflowArea->x < 0) ||
 | |
|       (aOverflowArea->y < 0) ||
 | |
|       (aOverflowArea->XMost() > aNewSize.width) ||
 | |
|       (aOverflowArea->YMost() > aNewSize.height)) {
 | |
|     mState |= NS_FRAME_OUTSIDE_CHILDREN;
 | |
|     nsRect* overflowArea = GetOverflowAreaProperty(PR_TRUE); 
 | |
|     NS_ASSERTION(overflowArea, "should have created rect");
 | |
|     *aOverflowArea = *overflowArea = outlineRect;
 | |
|   } 
 | |
|   else {
 | |
|     if (mState & NS_FRAME_OUTSIDE_CHILDREN) {
 | |
|       // remove the previously stored overflow area 
 | |
|       DeleteProperty(nsLayoutAtoms::overflowAreaProperty);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     mState &= ~NS_FRAME_OUTSIDE_CHILDREN;
 | |
|   }   
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| nsFrame::ConsiderChildOverflow(nsRect&   aOverflowArea,
 | |
|                                nsIFrame* aChildFrame)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   const nsStyleDisplay* disp = GetStyleDisplay();
 | |
|   // check here also for hidden as table frames (table, tr and td) currently 
 | |
|   // don't wrap their content into a scrollable frame if overflow is specified
 | |
|   if (!disp->IsTableClip()) {
 | |
|     nsRect* overflowArea = aChildFrame->GetOverflowAreaProperty();
 | |
|     if (overflowArea) {
 | |
|       nsRect childOverflow(*overflowArea);
 | |
|       childOverflow.MoveBy(aChildFrame->GetPosition());
 | |
|       aOverflowArea.UnionRect(aOverflowArea, childOverflow);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     else {
 | |
|       aOverflowArea.UnionRect(aOverflowArea, aChildFrame->GetRect());
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP 
 | |
| nsFrame::GetParentStyleContextFrame(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
 | |
|                                     nsIFrame**      aProviderFrame,
 | |
|                                     PRBool*         aIsChild)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   return DoGetParentStyleContextFrame(aPresContext, aProviderFrame, aIsChild);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * This function takes a "special" frame and _if_ that frame is the
 | |
|  * anonymous block crated by an ib split it returns the split inline
 | |
|  * as aSpecialSibling.  This is needed because the split inline's
 | |
|  * style context is the parent of the anonymous block's srtyle context.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * If aFrame is not the anonymous block, aSpecialSibling is not
 | |
|  * touched.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| static nsresult
 | |
| GetIBSpecialSibling(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
 | |
|                     nsIFrame* aFrame,
 | |
|                     nsIFrame** aSpecialSibling)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   NS_PRECONDITION(aFrame, "Must have a non-null frame!");
 | |
|   NS_ASSERTION(aFrame->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_IS_SPECIAL,
 | |
|                "GetIBSpecialSibling should not be called on a non-special frame");
 | |
|   
 | |
|   // Find the first-in-flow of the frame.  (Ugh.  This ends up
 | |
|   // being O(N^2) when it is called O(N) times.)
 | |
|   aFrame = aFrame->GetFirstInFlow();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   /*
 | |
|    * Now look up the nsLayoutAtoms::IBSplitSpecialPrevSibling
 | |
|    * property, which is only set on the anonymous block frames we're
 | |
|    * interested in.
 | |
|    */
 | |
|   nsresult rv;
 | |
|   nsIFrame *specialSibling = NS_STATIC_CAST(nsIFrame*,
 | |
|                              aPresContext->PropertyTable()->GetProperty(aFrame,
 | |
|                                nsLayoutAtoms::IBSplitSpecialPrevSibling, &rv));
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (NS_OK == rv) {
 | |
|     NS_ASSERTION(specialSibling, "null special sibling");
 | |
|     *aSpecialSibling = specialSibling;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /**
 | |
|  * Get the parent, corrected for the mangled frame tree resulting from
 | |
|  * having a block within an inline.  The result only differs from the
 | |
|  * result of |GetParent| when |GetParent| returns an anonymous block
 | |
|  * that was created for an element that was 'display: inline' because
 | |
|  * that element contained a block.
 | |
|  *
 | |
|  * Also skip anonymous scrolled-content parents; inherit directly from the
 | |
|  * outer scroll frame.
 | |
|  */
 | |
| static nsresult
 | |
| GetCorrectedParent(nsPresContext* aPresContext, nsIFrame* aFrame,
 | |
|                    nsIFrame** aSpecialParent)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   nsIFrame *parent = aFrame->GetParent();
 | |
|   *aSpecialParent = parent;
 | |
|   if (parent) {
 | |
|     nsIAtom* parentPseudo = parent->GetStyleContext()->GetPseudoType();
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // if this frame itself is not scrolled-content, then skip any scrolled-content
 | |
|     // parents since they're basically anonymous as far as the style system goes
 | |
|     if (parentPseudo == nsCSSAnonBoxes::scrolledContent) {
 | |
|       nsIAtom* pseudo = aFrame->GetStyleContext()->GetPseudoType();
 | |
|       if (pseudo != nsCSSAnonBoxes::scrolledContent) {
 | |
|         do {
 | |
|           parent = parent->GetParent();
 | |
|           parentPseudo = parent->GetStyleContext()->GetPseudoType();
 | |
|         } while (parentPseudo == nsCSSAnonBoxes::scrolledContent);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (parent->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_IS_SPECIAL) {
 | |
|       GetIBSpecialSibling(aPresContext, parent, aSpecialParent);
 | |
|     } else {
 | |
|       *aSpecialParent = parent;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsresult
 | |
| nsFrame::DoGetParentStyleContextFrame(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
 | |
|                                       nsIFrame**      aProviderFrame,
 | |
|                                       PRBool*         aIsChild)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   *aIsChild = PR_FALSE;
 | |
|   *aProviderFrame = nsnull;
 | |
|   if (mContent && !mContent->GetParent()) {
 | |
|     // we're a frame for the root.  We have no style context parent.
 | |
|     return NS_OK;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   
 | |
|   if (!(mState & NS_FRAME_OUT_OF_FLOW)) {
 | |
|     /*
 | |
|      * If this frame is the anonymous block created when an inline
 | |
|      * with a block inside it got split, then the parent style context
 | |
|      * is on the first of the three special frames.  We can get to it
 | |
|      * using GetIBSpecialSibling
 | |
|      */
 | |
|     if (mState & NS_FRAME_IS_SPECIAL) {
 | |
|       GetIBSpecialSibling(aPresContext, this, aProviderFrame);
 | |
|       if (*aProviderFrame)
 | |
|         return NS_OK;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // If this frame is one of the blocks that split an inline, we must
 | |
|     // return the "special" inline parent, i.e., the parent that this
 | |
|     // frame would have if we didn't mangle the frame structure.
 | |
|     return GetCorrectedParent(aPresContext, this, aProviderFrame);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // For out-of-flow frames, we must resolve underneath the
 | |
|   // placeholder's parent.
 | |
|   nsIFrame *placeholder =
 | |
|     aPresContext->FrameManager()->GetPlaceholderFrameFor(this);
 | |
|   if (!placeholder) {
 | |
|     NS_NOTREACHED("no placeholder frame for out-of-flow frame");
 | |
|     GetCorrectedParent(aPresContext, this, aProviderFrame);
 | |
|     return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return NS_STATIC_CAST(nsFrame*, placeholder)->
 | |
|     GetParentStyleContextFrame(aPresContext, aProviderFrame, aIsChild);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| nsFrame::GetLastLeaf(nsPresContext* aPresContext, nsIFrame **aFrame)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (!aFrame || !*aFrame)
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   nsIFrame *child = *aFrame;
 | |
|   //if we are a block frame then go for the last line of 'this'
 | |
|   while (1){
 | |
|     child = child->GetFirstChild(nsnull);
 | |
|     if (!child)
 | |
|       return;//nothing to do
 | |
|     while (child->GetNextSibling())
 | |
|       child = child->GetNextSibling();
 | |
|     *aFrame = child;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   *aFrame = child;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| nsFrame::GetFirstLeaf(nsPresContext* aPresContext, nsIFrame **aFrame)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (!aFrame || !*aFrame)
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   nsIFrame *child = *aFrame;
 | |
|   while (1){
 | |
|     child = child->GetFirstChild(nsnull);
 | |
|     if (!child)
 | |
|       return;//nothing to do
 | |
|     *aFrame = child;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsresult nsFrame::CreateAndPostReflowCommand(nsIPresShell* aPresShell,
 | |
|                                              nsIFrame*     aTargetFrame,
 | |
|                                              nsReflowType  aReflowType,
 | |
|                                              nsIFrame*     aChildFrame,
 | |
|                                              nsIAtom*      aAttribute,
 | |
|                                              nsIAtom*      aListName)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   nsresult rv;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (!aPresShell || !aTargetFrame) {
 | |
|     rv = NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   else {
 | |
|     nsHTMLReflowCommand* reflowCmd;
 | |
|     rv = NS_NewHTMLReflowCommand(&reflowCmd, aTargetFrame,
 | |
|                                  aReflowType, aChildFrame, 
 | |
|                                  aAttribute);
 | |
|     if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) {
 | |
|       if (nsnull != aListName) {
 | |
|         reflowCmd->SetChildListName(aListName);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       aPresShell->AppendReflowCommand(reflowCmd);    
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   } 
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return rv;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| nsFrame::CaptureMouse(nsPresContext* aPresContext, PRBool aGrabMouseEvents)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   // get its view
 | |
|   nsIView* view = GetNearestCapturingView(this);
 | |
|   if (!view) {
 | |
|     return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsIViewManager* viewMan = view->GetViewManager();
 | |
|   if (!viewMan) {
 | |
|     return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (aGrabMouseEvents) {
 | |
|     PRBool result;
 | |
|     viewMan->GrabMouseEvents(view, result);
 | |
|   } else {
 | |
|     PRBool result;
 | |
|     viewMan->GrabMouseEvents(nsnull, result);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| PRBool
 | |
| nsFrame::IsMouseCaptured(nsPresContext* aPresContext)
 | |
| {
 | |
|     // get its view
 | |
|   nsIView* view = GetNearestCapturingView(this);
 | |
|   
 | |
|   if (view) {
 | |
|     nsIViewManager* viewMan = view->GetViewManager();
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (viewMan) {
 | |
|         nsIView* grabbingView;
 | |
|         viewMan->GetMouseEventGrabber(grabbingView);
 | |
|         if (grabbingView == view)
 | |
|           return PR_TRUE;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return PR_FALSE;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsresult
 | |
| nsIFrame::SetProperty(nsIAtom*           aPropName,
 | |
|                       void*              aPropValue,
 | |
|                       NSPropertyDtorFunc aPropDtorFunc,
 | |
|                       void*              aDtorData)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   return GetPresContext()->PropertyTable()->
 | |
|     SetProperty(this, aPropName, aPropValue, aPropDtorFunc, aDtorData);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void* 
 | |
| nsIFrame::GetProperty(nsIAtom* aPropName, nsresult* aStatus) const
 | |
| {
 | |
|   return GetPresContext()->PropertyTable()->GetProperty(this, aPropName,
 | |
|                                                         aStatus);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* virtual */ void* 
 | |
| nsIFrame::GetPropertyExternal(nsIAtom* aPropName, nsresult* aStatus) const
 | |
| {
 | |
|   return GetProperty(aPropName, aStatus);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsresult
 | |
| nsIFrame::DeleteProperty(nsIAtom* aPropName) const
 | |
| {
 | |
|   return GetPresContext()->PropertyTable()->DeleteProperty(this, aPropName);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void*
 | |
| nsIFrame::UnsetProperty(nsIAtom* aPropName, nsresult* aStatus) const
 | |
| {
 | |
|   return GetPresContext()->PropertyTable()->UnsetProperty(this, aPropName,
 | |
|                                                           aStatus);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* virtual */ const nsStyleStruct*
 | |
| nsFrame::GetStyleDataExternal(nsStyleStructID aSID) const
 | |
| {
 | |
|   NS_ASSERTION(mStyleContext, "unexpected null pointer");
 | |
|   return mStyleContext->GetStyleData(aSID);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| PRBool
 | |
| nsIFrame::IsFocusable(PRInt32 *aTabIndex, PRBool aWithMouse)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   PRInt32 tabIndex = -1;
 | |
|   PRBool isFocusable = PR_FALSE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (mContent && mContent->IsContentOfType(nsIContent::eELEMENT) &&
 | |
|       AreAncestorViewsVisible()) {
 | |
|     const nsStyleVisibility* vis = GetStyleVisibility();
 | |
|     if (vis->mVisible != NS_STYLE_VISIBILITY_COLLAPSE &&
 | |
|         vis->mVisible != NS_STYLE_VISIBILITY_HIDDEN) {
 | |
|       if (mContent->IsContentOfType(nsIContent::eHTML)) {
 | |
|         nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> container(GetPresContext()->GetContainer());
 | |
|         nsCOMPtr<nsIEditorDocShell> editorDocShell(do_QueryInterface(container));
 | |
|         if (editorDocShell) {
 | |
|           PRBool isEditable;
 | |
|           editorDocShell->GetEditable(&isEditable);
 | |
|           if (isEditable) {
 | |
|             return NS_OK;  // Editor content is not focusable
 | |
|           }
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       const nsStyleUserInterface* ui = GetStyleUserInterface();
 | |
|       if (ui->mUserFocus != NS_STYLE_USER_FOCUS_IGNORE &&
 | |
|           ui->mUserFocus != NS_STYLE_USER_FOCUS_NONE) {
 | |
|         // Pass in default tabindex of -1 for nonfocusable and 0 for focusable
 | |
|         tabIndex = 0;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       isFocusable = mContent->IsFocusable(&tabIndex);
 | |
|       if (!isFocusable && !aWithMouse &&
 | |
|           GetType() == nsLayoutAtoms::scrollFrame &&
 | |
|           mContent->IsContentOfType(nsIContent::eHTML) &&
 | |
|           !mContent->IsNativeAnonymous() && mContent->GetParent() &&
 | |
|           !mContent->HasAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, nsHTMLAtoms::tabindex)) {
 | |
|         // Elements with scrollable view are focusable with script & tabbable
 | |
|         // Otherwise you couldn't scroll them with keyboard, which is
 | |
|         // an accessibility issue (e.g. Section 508 rules)
 | |
|         // However, we don't make them to be focusable with the mouse,
 | |
|         // because the extra focus outlines are considered unnecessarily ugly.
 | |
|         // When clicked on, the selection position within the element 
 | |
|         // will be enough to make them keyboard scrollable.
 | |
|         nsCOMPtr<nsIScrollableFrame> scrollFrame = do_QueryInterface(this);
 | |
|         if (scrollFrame) {
 | |
|           nsIScrollableFrame::ScrollbarStyles styles =
 | |
|             scrollFrame->GetScrollbarStyles();
 | |
|           if (styles.mVertical == NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_SCROLL ||
 | |
|               styles.mVertical == NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_AUTO ||
 | |
|               styles.mHorizontal == NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_SCROLL ||
 | |
|               styles.mHorizontal == NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_AUTO) {
 | |
|             // Scroll bars will be used for overflow
 | |
|             isFocusable = PR_TRUE;
 | |
|             tabIndex = 0;
 | |
|           }
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (aTabIndex) {
 | |
|     *aTabIndex = tabIndex;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return isFocusable;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| PRBool
 | |
| nsFrame::HasStyleChange()
 | |
| {
 | |
|   return BoxMetrics()->mStyleChange;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| nsFrame::SetStyleChangeFlag(PRBool aDirty)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   nsBox::SetStyleChangeFlag(aDirty);
 | |
|   BoxMetrics()->mStyleChange = PR_TRUE;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| nsFrame::NeedsRecalc()
 | |
| {
 | |
|   nsBoxLayoutMetrics *metrics = BoxMetrics();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   SizeNeedsRecalc(metrics->mPrefSize);
 | |
|   SizeNeedsRecalc(metrics->mMinSize);
 | |
|   SizeNeedsRecalc(metrics->mMaxSize);
 | |
|   SizeNeedsRecalc(metrics->mBlockPrefSize);
 | |
|   SizeNeedsRecalc(metrics->mBlockMinSize);
 | |
|   CoordNeedsRecalc(metrics->mFlex);
 | |
|   CoordNeedsRecalc(metrics->mAscent);
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| nsFrame::GetOverflow(nsSize& aOverflow)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   aOverflow = BoxMetrics()->mOverflow;
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| nsFrame::SetIncludeOverflow(PRBool aInclude)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   BoxMetrics()->mIncludeOverflow = aInclude;
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static PRBool
 | |
| UseHTMLReflowConstraints(nsFrame* aFrame, nsBoxLayoutState& aState) {
 | |
|   nsSize constrainedSize = aState.ScrolledBlockSizeConstraint();
 | |
|   if (constrainedSize.width < 0 || constrainedSize.height < 0) {
 | |
|     return PR_FALSE;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsIFrame* parentFrame = aFrame->GetParent();
 | |
|   if (!parentFrame) {
 | |
|     return PR_FALSE;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   if (parentFrame->GetType() != nsLayoutAtoms::scrollFrame) {
 | |
|     return PR_FALSE;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return PR_TRUE;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| nsFrame::RefreshSizeCache(nsBoxLayoutState& aState)
 | |
| {
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Ok we need to compute our minimum, preferred, and maximum sizes.
 | |
|   // 1) Maximum size. This is easy. Its infinite unless it is overloaded by CSS.
 | |
|   // 2) Preferred size. This is a little harder. This is the size the block would be 
 | |
|   //      if it were laid out on an infinite canvas. So we can get this by reflowing
 | |
|   //      the block with and INTRINSIC width and height. We can also do a nice optimization
 | |
|   //      for incremental reflow. If the reflow is incremental then we can pass a flag to 
 | |
|   //      have the block compute the preferred width for us! Preferred height can just be
 | |
|   //      the minimum height;
 | |
|   // 3) Minimum size. This is a toughy. We can pass the block a flag asking for the max element
 | |
|   //    size. That would give us the width. Unfortunately you can only ask for a maxElementSize
 | |
|   //    during an incremental reflow. So on other reflows we will just have to use 0.
 | |
|   //    The min height on the other hand is fairly easy we need to get the largest
 | |
|   //    line height. This can be done with the line iterator.
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // if we do have a reflow state
 | |
|   nsresult rv = NS_OK;
 | |
|   const nsHTMLReflowState* reflowState = aState.GetReflowState();
 | |
|   if (reflowState) {
 | |
|     nsPresContext* presContext = aState.PresContext();
 | |
|     nsReflowStatus status = NS_FRAME_COMPLETE;
 | |
|     nsHTMLReflowMetrics desiredSize(PR_FALSE);
 | |
|     nsReflowReason reason;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     PRBool useHTMLConstraints = UseHTMLReflowConstraints(this, aState);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // See if we an set the max element size and return the reflow states new reason. Sometimes reflow states need to 
 | |
|     // be changed. Incremental dirty reflows targeted at us can be converted to Resize if we are not dirty. So make sure
 | |
|     // we look at the reason returned.
 | |
|     nsReflowPath *path = nsnull;
 | |
|     PRBool canSetMaxElementWidth = CanSetMaxElementWidth(aState, reason, &path);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     NS_ASSERTION(reason != eReflowReason_Incremental || path,
 | |
|                  "HandleIncrementalReflow should have changed the reason to dirty.");
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // If we don't have any HTML constraints and its a resize, then nothing in the block
 | |
|     // could have changed, so no refresh is necessary.
 | |
|     nsBoxLayoutMetrics* metrics = BoxMetrics();
 | |
|     if (!DoesNeedRecalc(metrics->mBlockPrefSize) && reason == eReflowReason_Resize
 | |
|         && !useHTMLConstraints)
 | |
|      return NS_OK;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // get the old rect.
 | |
|     nsRect oldRect = GetRect();
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // the rect we plan to size to.
 | |
|     nsRect rect(oldRect);
 | |
|     
 | |
|     // if we can set the maxElementSize then 
 | |
|     // tell the metrics we want it. And also tell it we want
 | |
|     // to compute the max width. This will allow us to get the min width and the pref width.
 | |
|     if (canSetMaxElementWidth) {
 | |
|        desiredSize.mFlags |= NS_REFLOW_CALC_MAX_WIDTH;
 | |
|        desiredSize.mComputeMEW = PR_TRUE;
 | |
|     } else {
 | |
|       // if we can't set the maxElementSize. Then we must reflow
 | |
|       // uncontrained.
 | |
|       rect.width = NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE;
 | |
|       rect.height = NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     if (useHTMLConstraints) {
 | |
|       nsSize constrained = aState.ScrolledBlockSizeConstraint();
 | |
|       rect.width = constrained.width;
 | |
|       rect.height = constrained.height;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // Create a child reflow state, fix-up the reason and the
 | |
|     // incremental reflow path.
 | |
|     nsHTMLReflowState childReflowState(*reflowState);
 | |
|     childReflowState.reason = reason;
 | |
|     childReflowState.path   = path;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // do the nasty.
 | |
|     rv = BoxReflow(aState,
 | |
|                    presContext, 
 | |
|                    desiredSize, 
 | |
|                    childReflowState, 
 | |
|                    status,
 | |
|                    rect.x,
 | |
|                    rect.y,
 | |
|                    rect.width,
 | |
|                    rect.height);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     nsRect newRect = GetRect();
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // make sure we draw any size change
 | |
|     if (reason == eReflowReason_Incremental && (oldRect.width != newRect.width || oldRect.height != newRect.height)) {
 | |
|      newRect.x = 0;
 | |
|      newRect.y = 0;
 | |
|      Redraw(aState, &newRect);
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // if someone asked the nsBoxLayoutState to get the max size lets handle that.
 | |
|     nscoord* stateMaxElementWidth = aState.GetMaxElementWidth();
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // the max element size is the largest height and width
 | |
|     if (stateMaxElementWidth) {
 | |
|       if (metrics->mBlockMinSize.width > *stateMaxElementWidth)
 | |
|         *stateMaxElementWidth = metrics->mBlockMinSize.width;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|  
 | |
|     metrics->mBlockMinSize.height = 0;
 | |
|     // if we can use the maxElmementSize then lets use it
 | |
|     // if not then just use the desired.
 | |
|     if (canSetMaxElementWidth) {
 | |
|       metrics->mBlockPrefSize.width  = desiredSize.mMaximumWidth;
 | |
|       metrics->mBlockMinSize.width   = desiredSize.mMaxElementWidth; 
 | |
|       // ok we need the max ascent of the items on the line. So to do this
 | |
|       // ask the block for its line iterator. Get the max ascent.
 | |
|       nsCOMPtr<nsILineIterator> lines = do_QueryInterface(NS_STATIC_CAST(nsIFrame*, this));
 | |
|       if (lines) 
 | |
|       {
 | |
|         metrics->mBlockMinSize.height = 0;
 | |
|         int count = 0;
 | |
|         nsIFrame* firstFrame = nsnull;
 | |
|         PRInt32 framesOnLine;
 | |
|         nsRect lineBounds;
 | |
|         PRUint32 lineFlags;
 | |
| 
 | |
|         do {
 | |
|            lines->GetLine(count, &firstFrame, &framesOnLine, lineBounds, &lineFlags);
 | |
|  
 | |
|            if (lineBounds.height > metrics->mBlockMinSize.height)
 | |
|              metrics->mBlockMinSize.height = lineBounds.height;
 | |
| 
 | |
|            count++;
 | |
|         } while(firstFrame);
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       metrics->mBlockPrefSize.height  = metrics->mBlockMinSize.height;
 | |
|     } else {
 | |
|       metrics->mBlockPrefSize.width = desiredSize.width;
 | |
|       metrics->mBlockPrefSize.height = desiredSize.height;
 | |
|       // this sucks. We could not get the width.
 | |
|       metrics->mBlockMinSize.width = 0;
 | |
|       metrics->mBlockMinSize.height = desiredSize.height;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     if (useHTMLConstraints) {
 | |
|       // set the preferred metrics to exactly what the block asked for
 | |
|       metrics->mBlockPrefSize.width = desiredSize.width;
 | |
|       metrics->mBlockPrefSize.height = desiredSize.height;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     metrics->mBlockAscent = desiredSize.ascent;
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef DEBUG_adaptor
 | |
|     printf("min=(%d,%d), pref=(%d,%d), ascent=%d\n", metrics->mBlockMinSize.width,
 | |
|                                                      metrics->mBlockMinSize.height,
 | |
|                                                      metrics->mBlockPrefSize.width,
 | |
|                                                      metrics->mBlockPrefSize.height,
 | |
|                                                      metrics->mBlockAscent);
 | |
| #endif
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return rv;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| nsFrame::GetPrefSize(nsBoxLayoutState& aState, nsSize& aSize)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   // If the size is cached, and there are no HTML constraints that we might
 | |
|   // be depending on, then we just return the cached size.
 | |
|   nsBoxLayoutMetrics *metrics = BoxMetrics();
 | |
|   if (!DoesNeedRecalc(metrics->mPrefSize) && !UseHTMLReflowConstraints(this, aState)) {
 | |
|      aSize = metrics->mPrefSize;
 | |
|      return NS_OK;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   aSize.width = 0;
 | |
|   aSize.height = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   PRBool isCollapsed = PR_FALSE;
 | |
|   IsCollapsed(aState, isCollapsed);
 | |
|   if (isCollapsed) {
 | |
|     return NS_OK;
 | |
|   } else {
 | |
|     // get our size in CSS.
 | |
|     PRBool completelyRedefined = nsIBox::AddCSSPrefSize(aState, this, metrics->mPrefSize);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // Refresh our caches with new sizes.
 | |
|     if (!completelyRedefined) {
 | |
|        RefreshSizeCache(aState);
 | |
|        metrics->mPrefSize = metrics->mBlockPrefSize;
 | |
| 
 | |
|        // notice we don't need to add our borders or padding
 | |
|        // in. Thats because the block did it for us.
 | |
|        // but we do need to add insets so debugging will work.
 | |
|        AddInset(metrics->mPrefSize);
 | |
|        nsIBox::AddCSSPrefSize(aState, this, metrics->mPrefSize);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   aSize = metrics->mPrefSize;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| nsFrame::GetMinSize(nsBoxLayoutState& aState, nsSize& aSize)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   // Don't use the cache if we have HTMLReflowState constraints --- they might have changed
 | |
|   nsBoxLayoutMetrics *metrics = BoxMetrics();
 | |
|   if (!DoesNeedRecalc(metrics->mMinSize) && !UseHTMLReflowConstraints(this, aState)) {
 | |
|      aSize = metrics->mMinSize;
 | |
|      return NS_OK;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   aSize.width = 0;
 | |
|   aSize.height = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   PRBool isCollapsed = PR_FALSE;
 | |
|   IsCollapsed(aState, isCollapsed);
 | |
|   if (isCollapsed) {
 | |
|     return NS_OK;
 | |
|   } else {
 | |
|     // get our size in CSS.
 | |
|     PRBool completelyRedefined = nsIBox::AddCSSMinSize(aState, this, metrics->mMinSize);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // Refresh our caches with new sizes.
 | |
|     if (!completelyRedefined) {
 | |
|        RefreshSizeCache(aState);
 | |
|        metrics->mMinSize = metrics->mBlockMinSize;
 | |
|        AddInset(metrics->mMinSize);
 | |
|        nsIBox::AddCSSMinSize(aState, this, metrics->mMinSize);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   aSize = metrics->mMinSize;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| nsFrame::GetMaxSize(nsBoxLayoutState& aState, nsSize& aSize)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   // Don't use the cache if we have HTMLReflowState constraints --- they might have changed
 | |
|   nsBoxLayoutMetrics *metrics = BoxMetrics();
 | |
|   if (!DoesNeedRecalc(metrics->mMaxSize) && !UseHTMLReflowConstraints(this, aState)) {
 | |
|      aSize = metrics->mMaxSize;
 | |
|      return NS_OK;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   aSize.width = NS_INTRINSICSIZE;
 | |
|   aSize.height = NS_INTRINSICSIZE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   PRBool isCollapsed = PR_FALSE;
 | |
|   IsCollapsed(aState, isCollapsed);
 | |
|   if (isCollapsed) {
 | |
|     return NS_OK;
 | |
|   } else {
 | |
|     metrics->mMaxSize.width = NS_INTRINSICSIZE;
 | |
|     metrics->mMaxSize.height = NS_INTRINSICSIZE;
 | |
|     nsBox::GetMaxSize(aState, metrics->mMaxSize);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   aSize = metrics->mMaxSize;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| nsFrame::GetFlex(nsBoxLayoutState& aState, nscoord& aFlex)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   nsBoxLayoutMetrics *metrics = BoxMetrics();
 | |
|   if (!DoesNeedRecalc(metrics->mFlex)) {
 | |
|      aFlex = metrics->mFlex;
 | |
|      return NS_OK;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   metrics->mFlex = 0;
 | |
|   nsBox::GetFlex(aState, metrics->mFlex);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   aFlex = metrics->mFlex;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| nsFrame::GetAscent(nsBoxLayoutState& aState, nscoord& aAscent)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   nsBoxLayoutMetrics *metrics = BoxMetrics();
 | |
|   if (!DoesNeedRecalc(metrics->mAscent)) {
 | |
|     aAscent = metrics->mAscent;
 | |
|     return NS_OK;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   PRBool isCollapsed = PR_FALSE;
 | |
|   IsCollapsed(aState, isCollapsed);
 | |
|   if (isCollapsed) {
 | |
|     metrics->mAscent = 0;
 | |
|   } else {
 | |
|     // Refresh our caches with new sizes.
 | |
|     RefreshSizeCache(aState);
 | |
|     metrics->mAscent = metrics->mBlockAscent;
 | |
|     nsMargin m(0, 0, 0, 0);
 | |
|     GetInset(m);
 | |
|     metrics->mAscent += m.top;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   aAscent = metrics->mAscent;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsresult
 | |
| nsFrame::DoLayout(nsBoxLayoutState& aState)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   nsRect ourRect(mRect);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   const nsHTMLReflowState* reflowState = aState.GetReflowState();
 | |
|   nsPresContext* presContext = aState.PresContext();
 | |
|   nsReflowStatus status = NS_FRAME_COMPLETE;
 | |
|   nsHTMLReflowMetrics desiredSize(PR_FALSE);
 | |
|   nsresult rv = NS_OK;
 | |
|  
 | |
|   if (reflowState) {
 | |
| 
 | |
|     nscoord* currentMEW = aState.GetMaxElementWidth();
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (currentMEW) {
 | |
|       desiredSize.mComputeMEW = PR_TRUE;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     rv = BoxReflow(aState, presContext, desiredSize, *reflowState, status,
 | |
|                    ourRect.x, ourRect.y, ourRect.width, ourRect.height);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (currentMEW && desiredSize.mMaxElementWidth > *currentMEW) {
 | |
|       *currentMEW = desiredSize.mMaxElementWidth;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     PRBool collapsed = PR_FALSE;
 | |
|     IsCollapsed(aState, collapsed);
 | |
|     if (collapsed) {
 | |
|       SetSize(nsSize(0, 0));
 | |
|     } else {
 | |
| 
 | |
|       // if our child needs to be bigger. This might happend with
 | |
|       // wrapping text. There is no way to predict its height until we
 | |
|       // reflow it. Now that we know the height reshuffle upward.
 | |
|       if (desiredSize.width > ourRect.width ||
 | |
|           desiredSize.height > ourRect.height) {
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef DEBUG_GROW
 | |
|         DumpBox(stdout);
 | |
|         printf(" GREW from (%d,%d) -> (%d,%d)\n",
 | |
|                ourRect.width, ourRect.height,
 | |
|                desiredSize.width, desiredSize.height);
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
|         if (desiredSize.width > ourRect.width)
 | |
|           ourRect.width = desiredSize.width;
 | |
| 
 | |
|         if (desiredSize.height > ourRect.height)
 | |
|           ourRect.height = desiredSize.height;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       // ensure our size is what we think is should be. Someone could have
 | |
|       // reset the frame to be smaller or something dumb like that. 
 | |
|       SetSize(nsSize(ourRect.width, ourRect.height));
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   SyncLayout(aState);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return rv;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Truncate the reflow path by pruning the subtree containing the
 | |
| // specified frame. This ensures that we don't accidentally
 | |
| // incrementally reflow a frame twice.
 | |
| // XXXwaterson We could be more efficient by remembering the parent in
 | |
| // FindReflowPathFor.
 | |
| static void
 | |
| PruneReflowPathFor(nsIFrame *aFrame, nsReflowPath *aReflowPath)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   nsReflowPath::iterator iter, end = aReflowPath->EndChildren();
 | |
|   for (iter = aReflowPath->FirstChild(); iter != end; ++iter) {
 | |
|     if (*iter == aFrame) {
 | |
|       aReflowPath->Remove(iter);
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     PruneReflowPathFor(aFrame, iter.get());
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsresult
 | |
| nsFrame::BoxReflow(nsBoxLayoutState& aState,
 | |
|                    nsPresContext*           aPresContext,
 | |
|                    nsHTMLReflowMetrics&     aDesiredSize,
 | |
|                    const nsHTMLReflowState& aReflowState,
 | |
|                    nsReflowStatus&          aStatus,
 | |
|                    nscoord                  aX,
 | |
|                    nscoord                  aY,
 | |
|                    nscoord                  aWidth,
 | |
|                    nscoord                  aHeight,
 | |
|                    PRBool                   aMoveFrame)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   DO_GLOBAL_REFLOW_COUNT("nsBoxToBlockAdaptor", aReflowState.reason);
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef DEBUG_REFLOW
 | |
|   nsAdaptorAddIndents();
 | |
|   printf("Reflowing: ");
 | |
|   nsFrame::ListTag(stdout, mFrame);
 | |
|   printf("\n");
 | |
|   gIndent2++;
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
|   //printf("width=%d, height=%d\n", aWidth, aHeight);
 | |
|   /*
 | |
|   nsIBox* parent;
 | |
|   GetParentBox(&parent);
 | |
| 
 | |
|  // if (parent->GetStateBits() & NS_STATE_CURRENTLY_IN_DEBUG)
 | |
|   //   printf("In debug\n");
 | |
|   */
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsBoxLayoutMetrics *metrics = BoxMetrics();
 | |
|   aStatus = NS_FRAME_COMPLETE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   PRBool redrawAfterReflow = PR_FALSE;
 | |
|   PRBool needsReflow = PR_FALSE;
 | |
|   PRBool redrawNow = PR_FALSE;
 | |
|   nsReflowReason reason;
 | |
|   nsReflowPath *path = nsnull;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   HandleIncrementalReflow(aState, 
 | |
|                           aReflowState, 
 | |
|                           reason,
 | |
|                           &path,
 | |
|                           redrawNow,
 | |
|                           needsReflow, 
 | |
|                           redrawAfterReflow, 
 | |
|                           aMoveFrame);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // If the NS_REFLOW_CALC_MAX_WIDTH flag is set on the nsHTMLReflowMetrics,
 | |
|   // then we need to do a reflow so that aDesiredSize.mMaximumWidth will be set
 | |
|   // correctly.
 | |
|   needsReflow = needsReflow || (aDesiredSize.mFlags & NS_REFLOW_CALC_MAX_WIDTH);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (redrawNow)
 | |
|      Redraw(aState);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // if we don't need a reflow then 
 | |
|   // lets see if we are already that size. Yes? then don't even reflow. We are done.
 | |
|   if (!needsReflow) {
 | |
|       
 | |
|       if (aWidth != NS_INTRINSICSIZE && aHeight != NS_INTRINSICSIZE) {
 | |
|       
 | |
|           // if the new calculated size has a 0 width or a 0 height
 | |
|           if ((metrics->mLastSize.width == 0 || metrics->mLastSize.height == 0) && (aWidth == 0 || aHeight == 0)) {
 | |
|                needsReflow = PR_FALSE;
 | |
|                aDesiredSize.width = aWidth; 
 | |
|                aDesiredSize.height = aHeight; 
 | |
|                SetSize(nsSize(aDesiredSize.width, aDesiredSize.height));
 | |
|           } else {
 | |
|             aDesiredSize.width = metrics->mLastSize.width;
 | |
|             aDesiredSize.height = metrics->mLastSize.height;
 | |
| 
 | |
|             // remove the margin. The rect of our child does not include it but our calculated size does.
 | |
|             nscoord calcWidth = aWidth; 
 | |
|             nscoord calcHeight = aHeight; 
 | |
|             // don't reflow if we are already the right size
 | |
|             if (metrics->mLastSize.width == calcWidth && metrics->mLastSize.height == calcHeight)
 | |
|                   needsReflow = PR_FALSE;
 | |
|             else
 | |
|                   needsReflow = PR_TRUE;
 | |
|    
 | |
|           }
 | |
|       } else {
 | |
|           // if the width or height are intrinsic alway reflow because
 | |
|           // we don't know what it should be.
 | |
|          needsReflow = PR_TRUE;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|   }
 | |
|                              
 | |
|   // ok now reflow the child into the spacers calculated space
 | |
|   if (needsReflow) {
 | |
| 
 | |
|     nsMargin border(0,0,0,0);
 | |
|     GetBorderAndPadding(border);
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
|     aDesiredSize.width = 0;
 | |
|     aDesiredSize.height = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     nsSize size(aWidth, aHeight);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // create a reflow state to tell our child to flow at the given size.
 | |
|     if (size.height != NS_INTRINSICSIZE) {
 | |
|         size.height -= (border.top + border.bottom);
 | |
|         if (size.height < 0)
 | |
|           size.height = 0;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (size.width != NS_INTRINSICSIZE) {
 | |
|         size.width -= (border.left + border.right);
 | |
|         if (size.width < 0)
 | |
|           size.width = 0;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // Create with a reason of resize, and then change the `reason'
 | |
|     // and `path' appropriately (since for incremental reflow, we'll
 | |
|     // be mangling it so completely).
 | |
|     nsHTMLReflowState reflowState(aPresContext, aReflowState, this,
 | |
|                                   nsSize(size.width, NS_INTRINSICSIZE),
 | |
|                                   eReflowReason_Resize);
 | |
|     reflowState.reason = reason;
 | |
|     reflowState.path   = path;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // XXX this needs to subtract out the border and padding of mFrame since it is content size
 | |
|     reflowState.mComputedWidth = size.width;
 | |
|     reflowState.mComputedHeight = size.height;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // if we were marked for style change.
 | |
|     // 1) see if we are just supposed to do a resize if so convert to a style change. Kill 2 birds
 | |
|     //    with 1 stone.
 | |
|     // 2) If the command is incremental. See if its style change. If it is everything is ok if not
 | |
|     //    we need to do a second reflow with the style change.
 | |
|     // XXXwaterson This logic seems _very_ squirrely.
 | |
|     if (metrics->mStyleChange) {
 | |
|       if (reflowState.reason == eReflowReason_Resize) {
 | |
|          // maxElementSize does not work on style change reflows.
 | |
|          // so remove it if set.
 | |
|          // XXXwaterson why doesn't MES computation work with a style change reflow?
 | |
|          aDesiredSize.mComputeMEW = PR_FALSE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|          reflowState.reason = eReflowReason_StyleChange;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       else if (reason == eReflowReason_Incremental) {
 | |
|         PRBool reflowChild = PR_TRUE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|         if (path->mReflowCommand &&
 | |
|             path->FirstChild() == path->EndChildren()) {
 | |
|           // There's an incremental reflow targeted directly at our
 | |
|           // frame, and our frame only (i.e., none of our descendants
 | |
|           // are targets).
 | |
|           nsReflowType type;
 | |
|           path->mReflowCommand->GetType(type);
 | |
|           if (type == eReflowType_StyleChanged)
 | |
|             reflowChild = PR_FALSE;
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         if (reflowChild) {
 | |
| #ifdef DEBUG_waterson
 | |
|           printf("*** nsBoxToBlockAdaptor::Reflow: performing extra reflow on child frame\n");
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef DEBUG_REFLOW
 | |
|           nsAdaptorAddIndents();
 | |
|           printf("Size=(%d,%d)\n",reflowState.mComputedWidth, reflowState.mComputedHeight);
 | |
|           nsAdaptorAddIndents();
 | |
|           nsAdaptorPrintReason(reflowState);
 | |
|           printf("\n");
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
|           WillReflow(aPresContext);
 | |
|           Reflow(aPresContext, aDesiredSize, reflowState, aStatus);
 | |
|           DidReflow(aPresContext, &reflowState, NS_FRAME_REFLOW_FINISHED);
 | |
|           reflowState.mComputedWidth = aDesiredSize.width - (border.left + border.right);
 | |
|           reflowState.availableWidth = reflowState.mComputedWidth;
 | |
|           reflowState.reason = eReflowReason_StyleChange;
 | |
|           reflowState.path = nsnull;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       metrics->mStyleChange = PR_FALSE;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     #ifdef DEBUG_REFLOW
 | |
|       nsAdaptorAddIndents();
 | |
|       printf("Size=(%d,%d)\n",reflowState.mComputedWidth, reflowState.mComputedHeight);
 | |
|       nsAdaptorAddIndents();
 | |
|       nsAdaptorPrintReason(reflowState);
 | |
|       printf("\n");
 | |
|     #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
|        // place the child and reflow
 | |
|     WillReflow(aPresContext);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     Reflow(aPresContext, aDesiredSize, reflowState, aStatus);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     NS_ASSERTION(NS_FRAME_IS_COMPLETE(aStatus), "bad status");
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // Save the ascent.  (bug 103925)
 | |
|     PRBool isCollapsed = PR_FALSE;
 | |
|     IsCollapsed(aState, isCollapsed);
 | |
|     if (isCollapsed) {
 | |
|       metrics->mAscent = 0;
 | |
|     } else {
 | |
|       metrics->mAscent = aDesiredSize.ascent;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    // printf("width: %d, height: %d\n", aDesiredSize.mCombinedArea.width, aDesiredSize.mCombinedArea.height);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // see if the overflow option is set. If it is then if our child's bounds overflow then
 | |
|     // we will set the child's rect to include the overflow size.
 | |
|        if (GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_OUTSIDE_CHILDREN) {
 | |
|          // make sure we store the overflow size
 | |
| 
 | |
|          // This kinda sucks. We should be able to handle the case
 | |
|          // where there's overflow above or to the left of the
 | |
|          // origin. But for now just chop that stuff off.
 | |
|          metrics->mOverflow.width = aDesiredSize.mOverflowArea.XMost();
 | |
|          metrics->mOverflow.height = aDesiredSize.mOverflowArea.YMost();
 | |
| 
 | |
|          // include the overflow size in our child's rect?
 | |
|          if (metrics->mIncludeOverflow) {
 | |
|              //printf("OutsideChildren width=%d, height=%d\n", aDesiredSize.mOverflowArea.width, aDesiredSize.mOverflowArea.height);
 | |
|              aDesiredSize.width = aDesiredSize.mOverflowArea.XMost();
 | |
|              if (aDesiredSize.width <= aWidth)
 | |
|                aDesiredSize.height = aDesiredSize.mOverflowArea.YMost();
 | |
|              else {
 | |
|               if (aDesiredSize.width > aWidth)
 | |
|               {
 | |
|                  reflowState.mComputedWidth = aDesiredSize.width - (border.left + border.right);
 | |
|                  reflowState.availableWidth = reflowState.mComputedWidth;
 | |
|                  reflowState.reason = eReflowReason_Resize;
 | |
|                  reflowState.path = nsnull;
 | |
|                  DidReflow(aPresContext, &reflowState, NS_FRAME_REFLOW_FINISHED);
 | |
|                  #ifdef DEBUG_REFLOW
 | |
|                   nsAdaptorAddIndents();
 | |
|                   nsAdaptorPrintReason(reflowState);
 | |
|                   printf("\n");
 | |
|                  #endif
 | |
|                  WillReflow(aPresContext);
 | |
|                  Reflow(aPresContext, aDesiredSize, reflowState, aStatus);
 | |
|                  if (GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_OUTSIDE_CHILDREN)
 | |
|                     aDesiredSize.height = aDesiredSize.mOverflowArea.YMost();
 | |
| 
 | |
|               }
 | |
|              }
 | |
|          }
 | |
|        } else {
 | |
|          metrics->mOverflow.width  = aDesiredSize.width;
 | |
|          metrics->mOverflow.height = aDesiredSize.height;
 | |
|        }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (redrawAfterReflow) {
 | |
|        nsRect r = GetRect();
 | |
|        r.width = aDesiredSize.width;
 | |
|        r.height = aDesiredSize.height;
 | |
|        Redraw(aState, &r);
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     PRBool changedSize = PR_FALSE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (metrics->mLastSize.width != aDesiredSize.width || metrics->mLastSize.height != aDesiredSize.height)
 | |
|        changedSize = PR_TRUE;
 | |
|   
 | |
|     PRUint32 layoutFlags = aState.LayoutFlags();
 | |
|     nsContainerFrame::FinishReflowChild(this, aPresContext, &reflowState,
 | |
|                                         aDesiredSize, aX, aY, layoutFlags | NS_FRAME_NO_MOVE_FRAME);
 | |
|   } else {
 | |
|     aDesiredSize.ascent = metrics->mBlockAscent;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // Clip the path we just reflowed, so that we don't incrementally
 | |
|   // reflow it again: subsequent reflows will be treated as resize
 | |
|   // reflows.
 | |
|   if (path)
 | |
|     PruneReflowPathFor(path->mFrame, aReflowState.path);
 | |
|   
 | |
| #ifdef DEBUG_REFLOW
 | |
|   if (aHeight != NS_INTRINSICSIZE && aDesiredSize.height != aHeight)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|           nsAdaptorAddIndents();
 | |
|           printf("*****got taller!*****\n");
 | |
|          
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   if (aWidth != NS_INTRINSICSIZE && aDesiredSize.width != aWidth)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|           nsAdaptorAddIndents();
 | |
|           printf("*****got wider!******\n");
 | |
|          
 | |
|   }
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (aWidth == NS_INTRINSICSIZE)
 | |
|      aWidth = aDesiredSize.width;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (aHeight == NS_INTRINSICSIZE)
 | |
|      aHeight = aDesiredSize.height;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   metrics->mLastSize.width = aDesiredSize.width;
 | |
|   metrics->mLastSize.height = aDesiredSize.height;
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef DEBUG_REFLOW
 | |
|   gIndent2--;
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
|   NS_FRAME_SET_TRUNCATION(aStatus, aReflowState, aDesiredSize);
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Look for aFrame in the specified reflow path's tree, returning the
 | |
| // reflow path node corresponding to the frame if we find it.
 | |
| static nsReflowPath *
 | |
| FindReflowPathFor(nsIFrame *aFrame, nsReflowPath *aReflowPath)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   nsReflowPath::iterator iter, end = aReflowPath->EndChildren();
 | |
|   for (iter = aReflowPath->FirstChild(); iter != end; ++iter) {
 | |
|     if (*iter == aFrame)
 | |
|       return iter.get();
 | |
| 
 | |
|     nsReflowPath *subtree = FindReflowPathFor(aFrame, iter.get());
 | |
|     if (subtree)
 | |
|       return subtree;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return nsnull;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| nsFrame::HandleIncrementalReflow(nsBoxLayoutState& aState, 
 | |
|                                  const nsHTMLReflowState& aReflowState,
 | |
|                                  nsReflowReason& aReason,
 | |
|                                  nsReflowPath** aReflowPath,
 | |
|                                  PRBool& aRedrawNow,
 | |
|                                  PRBool& aNeedsReflow,
 | |
|                                  PRBool& aRedrawAfterReflow,
 | |
|                                  PRBool& aMoveFrame)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   nsFrameState childState = GetStateBits();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   aReason = aReflowState.reason;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     // handle or different types of reflow
 | |
|   switch(aReason)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|    // if the child we are reflowing is the child we popped off the incremental 
 | |
|    // reflow chain then we need to reflow it no matter what.
 | |
|    // if its not the child we got from the reflow chain then this child needs reflow
 | |
|    // because as a side effect of the incremental child changing size it needs to be resized.
 | |
|    // This will happen a lot when a box that contains 2 children with different flexibilities
 | |
|    // if on child gets bigger the other is affected because it is proprotional to the first.
 | |
|    // so it might need to be resized. But we don't need to reflow it. If it is already the
 | |
|    // needed size then we will do nothing. 
 | |
|    case eReflowReason_Incremental: {
 | |
| 
 | |
|       // Grovel through the reflow path's children to find the path
 | |
|       // that corresponds to the current frame. If we can't find a
 | |
|       // child, then we'll convert the reflow to a dirty reflow,
 | |
|       // below.
 | |
|       nsReflowPath *path = FindReflowPathFor(this, aReflowState.path);
 | |
|       if (path) {
 | |
|           aNeedsReflow = PR_TRUE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|           // Return the path that we've found so that HTML incremental
 | |
|           // reflow can proceed normally.
 | |
|           if (aReflowPath)
 | |
|             *aReflowPath = path;
 | |
| 
 | |
|           // if we hit the target then we have used up the chain.
 | |
|           // next time a layout 
 | |
|           break;
 | |
|       } 
 | |
| 
 | |
|       // fall into dirty if the incremental child was use. It should be treated as a 
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    // if its dirty then see if the child we want to reflow is dirty. If it is then
 | |
|    // mark it as needing to be reflowed.
 | |
|    case eReflowReason_Dirty: {
 | |
|         // XXX nsBlockFrames don't seem to be able to handle a reason of Dirty. So we  
 | |
|         // send down a resize instead. If we did send down the dirty we would have wrapping problems. If you 
 | |
|         // look at the main page it will initially come up ok but will have a unneeded horizontal 
 | |
|         // scrollbar if you resize it will fix it self. The real fix is to fix block frame but
 | |
|         // this will fix it for beta3.
 | |
|         if (childState & NS_FRAME_FIRST_REFLOW) 
 | |
|            aReason = eReflowReason_Initial;
 | |
|         else
 | |
|            aReason = eReflowReason_Resize;
 | |
| 
 | |
|         // get the frame state to see if it needs reflow
 | |
|         aNeedsReflow = BoxMetrics()->mStyleChange || (childState & NS_FRAME_IS_DIRTY) || (childState & NS_FRAME_HAS_DIRTY_CHILDREN);
 | |
| 
 | |
|         // but of course by definition dirty reflows are supposed to redraw so
 | |
|         // lets signal that we need to do that. We want to do it after as well because
 | |
|         // the object may have changed size.
 | |
|         if (aNeedsReflow) {
 | |
|            aRedrawNow = PR_TRUE;
 | |
|            aRedrawAfterReflow = PR_TRUE;
 | |
|            //printf("Redrawing!!!/n");
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
|    } break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    // if the a resize reflow then it doesn't need to be reflowed. Only if the size is different
 | |
|    // from the new size would we actually do a reflow
 | |
|    case eReflowReason_Resize:
 | |
|        // blocks sometimes send resizes even when its children are dirty! We need to make sure we
 | |
|        // repair in these cases. So check the flags here.
 | |
|        aNeedsReflow = BoxMetrics()->mStyleChange || (childState & NS_FRAME_IS_DIRTY) || (childState & NS_FRAME_HAS_DIRTY_CHILDREN);
 | |
|    break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    // if its an initial reflow we must place the child.
 | |
|    // otherwise we might think it was already placed when it wasn't
 | |
|    case eReflowReason_Initial:
 | |
|        aMoveFrame = PR_TRUE;
 | |
|        aNeedsReflow = PR_TRUE;
 | |
|    break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|    default:
 | |
|        aNeedsReflow = PR_TRUE;
 | |
|  
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| PRBool
 | |
| nsFrame::GetWasCollapsed(nsBoxLayoutState& aState)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   return BoxMetrics()->mWasCollapsed;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| nsFrame::SetWasCollapsed(nsBoxLayoutState& aState, PRBool aCollapsed)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   BoxMetrics()->mWasCollapsed = aCollapsed;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| PRBool 
 | |
| nsFrame::CanSetMaxElementWidth(nsBoxLayoutState& aState, nsReflowReason& aReason, nsReflowPath **aReflowPath)
 | |
| {
 | |
|       PRBool redrawAfterReflow = PR_FALSE;
 | |
|       PRBool needsReflow = PR_FALSE;
 | |
|       PRBool redrawNow = PR_FALSE;
 | |
|       PRBool move = PR_TRUE;
 | |
|       const nsHTMLReflowState* reflowState = aState.GetReflowState();
 | |
| 
 | |
|       HandleIncrementalReflow(aState, 
 | |
|                               *reflowState, 
 | |
|                               aReason,
 | |
|                               aReflowPath,
 | |
|                               redrawNow,
 | |
|                               needsReflow, 
 | |
|                               redrawAfterReflow, 
 | |
|                               move);
 | |
| 
 | |
|       // only  incremental reflows can handle maxelementsize being set.
 | |
|       if (reflowState->reason == eReflowReason_Incremental) {
 | |
|         nsReflowPath *path = *aReflowPath;
 | |
|         if (path && path->mReflowCommand) {
 | |
|           // MaxElement doesn't work on style change reflows.. :-(
 | |
|           // XXXwaterson why?
 | |
|           nsReflowType  type;
 | |
|           path->mReflowCommand->GetType(type);
 | |
| 
 | |
|           if (type == eReflowType_StyleChanged) 
 | |
|             return PR_FALSE;
 | |
|         }
 | |
| 
 | |
|         return PR_TRUE;
 | |
|       }
 | |
| 
 | |
|       return PR_FALSE;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| nsBoxLayoutMetrics*
 | |
| nsFrame::BoxMetrics() const
 | |
| {
 | |
|   nsBoxLayoutMetrics* metrics =
 | |
|     NS_STATIC_CAST(nsBoxLayoutMetrics*, GetProperty(nsLayoutAtoms::boxMetricsProperty));
 | |
|   NS_ASSERTION(metrics, "A box layout method was called but InitBoxMetrics was never called");
 | |
|   return metrics;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| NS_IMETHODIMP
 | |
| nsFrame::SetParent(const nsIFrame* aParent)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   PRBool wasBoxWrapped = IsBoxWrapped();
 | |
|   nsIFrame::SetParent(aParent);
 | |
|   if (!wasBoxWrapped && IsBoxWrapped())
 | |
|     InitBoxMetrics(PR_TRUE);
 | |
|   else if (wasBoxWrapped && !IsBoxWrapped())
 | |
|     DeleteProperty(nsLayoutAtoms::boxMetricsProperty);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (aParent && aParent->IsBoxFrame()) {
 | |
|     PRBool needsWidget = PR_FALSE;
 | |
|     aParent->ChildrenMustHaveWidgets(needsWidget);
 | |
|     if (needsWidget) {
 | |
|         nsHTMLContainerFrame::CreateViewForFrame(this, nsnull, PR_TRUE);
 | |
|         nsIView* view = GetView();
 | |
| 
 | |
|         if (!view->HasWidget())
 | |
|            view->CreateWidget(kWidgetCID);   
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return NS_OK;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| DeleteBoxMetrics(void    *aObject,
 | |
|                  nsIAtom *aPropertyName,
 | |
|                  void    *aPropertyValue,
 | |
|                  void    *aData)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   delete NS_STATIC_CAST(nsBoxLayoutMetrics*, aPropertyValue);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| nsFrame::InitBoxMetrics(PRBool aClear)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (aClear)
 | |
|     DeleteProperty(nsLayoutAtoms::boxMetricsProperty);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsBoxLayoutMetrics *metrics = new nsBoxLayoutMetrics();
 | |
|   SetProperty(nsLayoutAtoms::boxMetricsProperty, metrics, DeleteBoxMetrics);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   NeedsRecalc();
 | |
|   metrics->mBlockAscent = 0;
 | |
|   metrics->mLastSize.SizeTo(0, 0);
 | |
|   metrics->mOverflow.SizeTo(0, 0);
 | |
|   metrics->mIncludeOverflow = PR_TRUE;
 | |
|   metrics->mWasCollapsed = PR_FALSE;
 | |
|   metrics->mStyleChange = PR_FALSE;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Box layout debugging
 | |
| #ifdef DEBUG_REFLOW
 | |
| PRInt32 gIndent2 = 0;
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| nsAdaptorAddIndents()
 | |
| {
 | |
|     for(PRInt32 i=0; i < gIndent2; i++)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|         printf(" ");
 | |
|     }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| nsAdaptorPrintReason(nsHTMLReflowState& aReflowState)
 | |
| {
 | |
|     char* reflowReasonString;
 | |
| 
 | |
|     switch(aReflowState.reason) 
 | |
|     {
 | |
|         case eReflowReason_Initial:
 | |
|           reflowReasonString = "initial";
 | |
|           break;
 | |
| 
 | |
|         case eReflowReason_Resize:
 | |
|           reflowReasonString = "resize";
 | |
|           break;
 | |
|         case eReflowReason_Dirty:
 | |
|           reflowReasonString = "dirty";
 | |
|           break;
 | |
|         case eReflowReason_StyleChange:
 | |
|           reflowReasonString = "stylechange";
 | |
|           break;
 | |
|         case eReflowReason_Incremental: 
 | |
|         {
 | |
|            nsReflowType  type;
 | |
|             aReflowState.reflowCommand->GetType(type);
 | |
|             switch (type) {
 | |
|               case eReflowType_StyleChanged:
 | |
|                  reflowReasonString = "incremental (StyleChanged)";
 | |
|               break;
 | |
|               case eReflowType_ReflowDirty:
 | |
|                  reflowReasonString = "incremental (ReflowDirty)";
 | |
|               break;
 | |
|               default:
 | |
|                  reflowReasonString = "incremental (Unknown)";
 | |
|             }
 | |
|         }                             
 | |
|         break;
 | |
|         default:
 | |
|           reflowReasonString = "unknown";
 | |
|           break;
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     printf("%s",reflowReasonString);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| #ifdef DEBUG_LAYOUT
 | |
| void
 | |
| nsFrame::GetBoxName(nsAutoString& aName)
 | |
| {
 | |
|    nsIFrameDebug*  frameDebug;
 | |
|    nsAutoString name;
 | |
|    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsIFrameDebug), (void**)&frameDebug))) {
 | |
|       frameDebug->GetFrameName(name);
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   aName = name;
 | |
| }
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| 
 | |
| #ifdef NS_DEBUG
 | |
| static void
 | |
| GetTagName(nsFrame* aFrame, nsIContent* aContent, PRIntn aResultSize,
 | |
|            char* aResult)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   const char *nameStr = "";
 | |
|   if (aContent) {
 | |
|     aContent->Tag()->GetUTF8String(&nameStr);
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   PR_snprintf(aResult, aResultSize, "%s@%p", nameStr, aFrame);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| nsFrame::Trace(const char* aMethod, PRBool aEnter)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (NS_FRAME_LOG_TEST(gLogModule, NS_FRAME_TRACE_CALLS)) {
 | |
|     char tagbuf[40];
 | |
|     GetTagName(this, mContent, sizeof(tagbuf), tagbuf);
 | |
|     PR_LogPrint("%s: %s %s", tagbuf, aEnter ? "enter" : "exit", aMethod);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| nsFrame::Trace(const char* aMethod, PRBool aEnter, nsReflowStatus aStatus)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (NS_FRAME_LOG_TEST(gLogModule, NS_FRAME_TRACE_CALLS)) {
 | |
|     char tagbuf[40];
 | |
|     GetTagName(this, mContent, sizeof(tagbuf), tagbuf);
 | |
|     PR_LogPrint("%s: %s %s, status=%scomplete%s",
 | |
|                 tagbuf, aEnter ? "enter" : "exit", aMethod,
 | |
|                 NS_FRAME_IS_NOT_COMPLETE(aStatus) ? "not" : "",
 | |
|                 (NS_FRAME_REFLOW_NEXTINFLOW & aStatus) ? "+reflow" : "");
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| nsFrame::TraceMsg(const char* aFormatString, ...)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (NS_FRAME_LOG_TEST(gLogModule, NS_FRAME_TRACE_CALLS)) {
 | |
|     // Format arguments into a buffer
 | |
|     char argbuf[200];
 | |
|     va_list ap;
 | |
|     va_start(ap, aFormatString);
 | |
|     PR_vsnprintf(argbuf, sizeof(argbuf), aFormatString, ap);
 | |
|     va_end(ap);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     char tagbuf[40];
 | |
|     GetTagName(this, mContent, sizeof(tagbuf), tagbuf);
 | |
|     PR_LogPrint("%s: %s", tagbuf, argbuf);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void
 | |
| nsFrame::VerifyDirtyBitSet(nsIFrame* aFrameList)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   for (nsIFrame*f = aFrameList; f; f = f->GetNextSibling()) {
 | |
|     NS_ASSERTION(f->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_IS_DIRTY, "dirty bit not set");
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| // Start Display Reflow
 | |
| #ifdef DEBUG
 | |
| 
 | |
| MOZ_DECL_CTOR_COUNTER(DR_cookie)
 | |
| 
 | |
| DR_cookie::DR_cookie(nsPresContext*          aPresContext,
 | |
|                      nsIFrame*                aFrame, 
 | |
|                      const nsHTMLReflowState& aReflowState,
 | |
|                      nsHTMLReflowMetrics&     aMetrics,
 | |
|                      nsReflowStatus&          aStatus)
 | |
|   :mPresContext(aPresContext), mFrame(aFrame), mReflowState(aReflowState), mMetrics(aMetrics), mStatus(aStatus)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   MOZ_COUNT_CTOR(DR_cookie);
 | |
|   mValue = nsFrame::DisplayReflowEnter(aPresContext, mFrame, mReflowState);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| DR_cookie::~DR_cookie()
 | |
| {
 | |
|   MOZ_COUNT_DTOR(DR_cookie);
 | |
|   nsFrame::DisplayReflowExit(mPresContext, mFrame, mMetrics, mStatus, mValue);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| struct DR_FrameTypeInfo;
 | |
| struct DR_FrameTreeNode;
 | |
| struct DR_Rule;
 | |
| 
 | |
| struct DR_State
 | |
| {
 | |
|   DR_State();
 | |
|   ~DR_State();
 | |
|   void Init();
 | |
|   void AddFrameTypeInfo(nsIAtom* aFrameType,
 | |
|                         const char* aFrameNameAbbrev,
 | |
|                         const char* aFrameName);
 | |
|   DR_FrameTypeInfo* GetFrameTypeInfo(nsIAtom* aFrameType);
 | |
|   DR_FrameTypeInfo* GetFrameTypeInfo(char* aFrameName);
 | |
|   void InitFrameTypeTable();
 | |
|   DR_FrameTreeNode* CreateTreeNode(nsIFrame*                aFrame,
 | |
|                                    const nsHTMLReflowState& aReflowState);
 | |
|   void FindMatchingRule(DR_FrameTreeNode& aNode);
 | |
|   PRBool RuleMatches(DR_Rule&          aRule,
 | |
|                      DR_FrameTreeNode& aNode);
 | |
|   PRBool GetToken(FILE* aFile,
 | |
|                   char* aBuf);
 | |
|   DR_Rule* ParseRule(FILE* aFile);
 | |
|   void ParseRulesFile();
 | |
|   void AddRule(nsVoidArray& aRules,
 | |
|                DR_Rule&     aRule);
 | |
|   PRBool IsWhiteSpace(int c);
 | |
|   PRBool GetNumber(char*    aBuf, 
 | |
|                  PRInt32&  aNumber);
 | |
|   void PrettyUC(nscoord aSize,
 | |
|                 char*   aBuf);
 | |
|   void DisplayFrameTypeInfo(nsIFrame* aFrame,
 | |
|                             PRInt32   aIndent);
 | |
|   void DeleteTreeNode(DR_FrameTreeNode& aNode);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   PRBool      mInited;
 | |
|   PRBool      mActive;
 | |
|   PRInt32     mCount;
 | |
|   nsVoidArray mWildRules;
 | |
|   PRInt32     mAssert;
 | |
|   PRInt32     mIndentStart;
 | |
|   PRBool      mIndentUndisplayedFrames;
 | |
|   nsVoidArray mFrameTypeTable;
 | |
|   PRBool      mDisplayPixelErrors;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // reflow specific state
 | |
|   nsVoidArray mFrameTreeLeaves;
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| static DR_State *DR_state; // the one and only DR_State
 | |
| 
 | |
| struct DR_RulePart 
 | |
| {
 | |
|   DR_RulePart(nsIAtom* aFrameType) : mFrameType(aFrameType), mNext(0) {}
 | |
|   void Destroy();
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsIAtom*     mFrameType;
 | |
|   DR_RulePart* mNext;
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| void DR_RulePart::Destroy()
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (mNext) {
 | |
|     mNext->Destroy();
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   delete this;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| MOZ_DECL_CTOR_COUNTER(DR_Rule)
 | |
| 
 | |
| struct DR_Rule 
 | |
| {
 | |
|   DR_Rule() : mLength(0), mTarget(nsnull), mDisplay(PR_FALSE) {
 | |
|     MOZ_COUNT_CTOR(DR_Rule);
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   ~DR_Rule() {
 | |
|     if (mTarget) mTarget->Destroy();
 | |
|     MOZ_COUNT_DTOR(DR_Rule);
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   void AddPart(nsIAtom* aFrameType);
 | |
| 
 | |
|   PRUint32      mLength;
 | |
|   DR_RulePart*  mTarget;
 | |
|   PRBool        mDisplay;
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| void DR_Rule::AddPart(nsIAtom* aFrameType)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   DR_RulePart* newPart = new DR_RulePart(aFrameType);
 | |
|   newPart->mNext = mTarget;
 | |
|   mTarget = newPart;
 | |
|   mLength++;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| MOZ_DECL_CTOR_COUNTER(DR_FrameTypeInfo)
 | |
| 
 | |
| struct DR_FrameTypeInfo
 | |
| {
 | |
|   DR_FrameTypeInfo(nsIAtom* aFrmeType, const char* aFrameNameAbbrev, const char* aFrameName);
 | |
|   ~DR_FrameTypeInfo() { 
 | |
|       MOZ_COUNT_DTOR(DR_FrameTypeInfo);
 | |
|       PRInt32 numElements;
 | |
|       numElements = mRules.Count();
 | |
|       for (PRInt32 i = numElements - 1; i >= 0; i--) {
 | |
|         delete (DR_Rule *)mRules.ElementAt(i);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|    }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsIAtom*    mType;
 | |
|   char        mNameAbbrev[16];
 | |
|   char        mName[32];
 | |
|   nsVoidArray mRules;
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| DR_FrameTypeInfo::DR_FrameTypeInfo(nsIAtom* aFrameType, 
 | |
|                                    const char* aFrameNameAbbrev, 
 | |
|                                    const char* aFrameName)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   mType = aFrameType;
 | |
|   strcpy(mNameAbbrev, aFrameNameAbbrev);
 | |
|   strcpy(mName, aFrameName);
 | |
|   MOZ_COUNT_CTOR(DR_FrameTypeInfo);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| MOZ_DECL_CTOR_COUNTER(DR_FrameTreeNode)
 | |
| 
 | |
| struct DR_FrameTreeNode
 | |
| {
 | |
|   DR_FrameTreeNode(nsIFrame* aFrame, DR_FrameTreeNode* aParent) : mFrame(aFrame), mParent(aParent), mDisplay(0), mIndent(0)
 | |
|   {
 | |
|     MOZ_COUNT_CTOR(DR_FrameTreeNode);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   ~DR_FrameTreeNode()
 | |
|   {
 | |
|     MOZ_COUNT_DTOR(DR_FrameTreeNode);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   nsIFrame*         mFrame;
 | |
|   DR_FrameTreeNode* mParent;
 | |
|   PRBool            mDisplay;
 | |
|   PRUint32          mIndent;
 | |
| };
 | |
| 
 | |
| // DR_State implementation
 | |
| 
 | |
| MOZ_DECL_CTOR_COUNTER(DR_State)
 | |
| 
 | |
| DR_State::DR_State() 
 | |
| : mInited(PR_FALSE), mActive(PR_FALSE), mCount(0), mAssert(-1), mIndentStart(0), 
 | |
|   mIndentUndisplayedFrames(PR_FALSE), mDisplayPixelErrors(PR_FALSE)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   MOZ_COUNT_CTOR(DR_State);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void DR_State::Init() 
 | |
| {
 | |
|   char* env = PR_GetEnv("GECKO_DISPLAY_REFLOW_ASSERT");
 | |
|   PRInt32 num;
 | |
|   if (env) {
 | |
|     if (GetNumber(env, num)) 
 | |
|       mAssert = num;
 | |
|     else 
 | |
|       printf("GECKO_DISPLAY_REFLOW_ASSERT - invalid value = %s", env);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   env = PR_GetEnv("GECKO_DISPLAY_REFLOW_INDENT_START");
 | |
|   if (env) {
 | |
|     if (GetNumber(env, num)) 
 | |
|       mIndentStart = num;
 | |
|     else 
 | |
|       printf("GECKO_DISPLAY_REFLOW_INDENT_START - invalid value = %s", env);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   env = PR_GetEnv("GECKO_DISPLAY_REFLOW_INDENT_UNDISPLAYED_FRAMES");
 | |
|   if (env) {
 | |
|     if (GetNumber(env, num)) 
 | |
|       mIndentUndisplayedFrames = num;
 | |
|     else 
 | |
|       printf("GECKO_DISPLAY_REFLOW_INDENT_UNDISPLAYED_FRAMES - invalid value = %s", env);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   env = PR_GetEnv("GECKO_DISPLAY_REFLOW_FLAG_PIXEL_ERRORS");
 | |
|   if (env) {
 | |
|     if (GetNumber(env, num)) 
 | |
|       mDisplayPixelErrors = num;
 | |
|     else 
 | |
|       printf("GECKO_DISPLAY_REFLOW_FLAG_PIXEL_ERRORS - invalid value = %s", env);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   InitFrameTypeTable();
 | |
|   ParseRulesFile();
 | |
|   mInited = PR_TRUE;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| DR_State::~DR_State()
 | |
| {
 | |
|   MOZ_COUNT_DTOR(DR_State);
 | |
|   PRInt32 numElements, i;
 | |
|   numElements = mWildRules.Count();
 | |
|   for (i = numElements - 1; i >= 0; i--) {
 | |
|     delete (DR_Rule *)mWildRules.ElementAt(i);
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   numElements = mFrameTreeLeaves.Count();
 | |
|   for (i = numElements - 1; i >= 0; i--) {
 | |
|     delete (DR_FrameTreeNode *)mFrameTreeLeaves.ElementAt(i);
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   numElements = mFrameTypeTable.Count();
 | |
|   for (i = numElements - 1; i >= 0; i--) {
 | |
|     delete (DR_FrameTypeInfo *)mFrameTypeTable.ElementAt(i);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| PRBool DR_State::GetNumber(char*     aBuf, 
 | |
|                            PRInt32&  aNumber)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (sscanf(aBuf, "%d", &aNumber) > 0) 
 | |
|     return PR_TRUE;
 | |
|   else 
 | |
|     return PR_FALSE;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| PRBool DR_State::IsWhiteSpace(int c) {
 | |
|   return (c == ' ') || (c == '\t') || (c == '\n') || (c == '\r');
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| PRBool DR_State::GetToken(FILE* aFile,
 | |
|                           char* aBuf)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   PRBool haveToken = PR_FALSE;
 | |
|   aBuf[0] = 0;
 | |
|   // get the 1st non whitespace char
 | |
|   int c = -1;
 | |
|   for (c = getc(aFile); (c > 0) && IsWhiteSpace(c); c = getc(aFile)) {
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (c > 0) {
 | |
|     haveToken = PR_TRUE;
 | |
|     aBuf[0] = c;
 | |
|     // get everything up to the next whitespace char
 | |
|     PRInt32 cX;
 | |
|     for (cX = 1, c = getc(aFile); ; cX++, c = getc(aFile)) {
 | |
|       if (c < 0) { // EOF
 | |
|         ungetc(' ', aFile); 
 | |
|         break;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       else {
 | |
|         if (IsWhiteSpace(c)) {
 | |
|           break;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|         else {
 | |
|           aBuf[cX] = c;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     aBuf[cX] = 0;
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return haveToken;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| DR_Rule* DR_State::ParseRule(FILE* aFile)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   char buf[128];
 | |
|   PRInt32 doDisplay;
 | |
|   DR_Rule* rule = nsnull;
 | |
|   while (GetToken(aFile, buf)) {
 | |
|     if (GetNumber(buf, doDisplay)) {
 | |
|       if (rule) { 
 | |
|         rule->mDisplay = (PRBool)doDisplay;
 | |
|         break;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       else {
 | |
|         printf("unexpected token - %s \n", buf);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     else {
 | |
|       if (!rule) {
 | |
|         rule = new DR_Rule;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       if (strcmp(buf, "*") == 0) {
 | |
|         rule->AddPart(nsnull);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       else {
 | |
|         DR_FrameTypeInfo* info = GetFrameTypeInfo(buf);
 | |
|         if (info) {
 | |
|           rule->AddPart(info->mType);
 | |
|         }
 | |
|         else {
 | |
|           printf("invalid frame type - %s \n", buf);
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return rule;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void DR_State::AddRule(nsVoidArray& aRules,
 | |
|                        DR_Rule&     aRule)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   PRInt32 numRules = aRules.Count();
 | |
|   for (PRInt32 ruleX = 0; ruleX < numRules; ruleX++) {
 | |
|     DR_Rule* rule = (DR_Rule*)aRules.ElementAt(ruleX);
 | |
|     NS_ASSERTION(rule, "program error");
 | |
|     if (aRule.mLength > rule->mLength) {
 | |
|       aRules.InsertElementAt(&aRule, ruleX);
 | |
|       return;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   aRules.AppendElement(&aRule);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void DR_State::ParseRulesFile()
 | |
| {
 | |
|   char* path = PR_GetEnv("GECKO_DISPLAY_REFLOW_RULES_FILE");
 | |
|   if (path) {
 | |
|     FILE* inFile = fopen(path, "r");
 | |
|     if (inFile) {
 | |
|       for (DR_Rule* rule = ParseRule(inFile); rule; rule = ParseRule(inFile)) {
 | |
|         if (rule->mTarget) {
 | |
|           nsIAtom* fType = rule->mTarget->mFrameType;
 | |
|           if (fType) {
 | |
|             DR_FrameTypeInfo* info = GetFrameTypeInfo(fType);
 | |
|             if (info) {
 | |
|               AddRule(info->mRules, *rule);
 | |
|             }
 | |
|           }
 | |
|           else {
 | |
|             AddRule(mWildRules, *rule);
 | |
|           }
 | |
|           mActive = PR_TRUE;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| void DR_State::AddFrameTypeInfo(nsIAtom* aFrameType,
 | |
|                                 const char* aFrameNameAbbrev,
 | |
|                                 const char* aFrameName)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   mFrameTypeTable.AppendElement(new DR_FrameTypeInfo(aFrameType, aFrameNameAbbrev, aFrameName));
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| DR_FrameTypeInfo* DR_State::GetFrameTypeInfo(nsIAtom* aFrameType)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   PRInt32 numEntries = mFrameTypeTable.Count();
 | |
|   NS_ASSERTION(numEntries != 0, "empty FrameTypeTable");
 | |
|   for (PRInt32 i = 0; i < numEntries; i++) {
 | |
|     DR_FrameTypeInfo* info = (DR_FrameTypeInfo*)mFrameTypeTable.ElementAt(i);
 | |
|     if (info && (info->mType == aFrameType)) {
 | |
|       return info;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return (DR_FrameTypeInfo*)mFrameTypeTable.ElementAt(numEntries - 1); // return unknown frame type
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| DR_FrameTypeInfo* DR_State::GetFrameTypeInfo(char* aFrameName)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   PRInt32 numEntries = mFrameTypeTable.Count();
 | |
|   NS_ASSERTION(numEntries != 0, "empty FrameTypeTable");
 | |
|   for (PRInt32 i = 0; i < numEntries; i++) {
 | |
|     DR_FrameTypeInfo* info = (DR_FrameTypeInfo*)mFrameTypeTable.ElementAt(i);
 | |
|     if (info && ((strcmp(aFrameName, info->mName) == 0) || (strcmp(aFrameName, info->mNameAbbrev) == 0))) {
 | |
|       return info;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return (DR_FrameTypeInfo*)mFrameTypeTable.ElementAt(numEntries - 1); // return unknown frame type
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void DR_State::InitFrameTypeTable()
 | |
| {  
 | |
|   AddFrameTypeInfo(nsLayoutAtoms::areaFrame,             "area",      "area");
 | |
|   AddFrameTypeInfo(nsLayoutAtoms::blockFrame,            "block",     "block");
 | |
|   AddFrameTypeInfo(nsLayoutAtoms::brFrame,               "br",        "br");
 | |
|   AddFrameTypeInfo(nsLayoutAtoms::bulletFrame,           "bullet",    "bullet");
 | |
|   AddFrameTypeInfo(nsLayoutAtoms::gfxButtonControlFrame, "button",    "gfxButtonControl");
 | |
|   AddFrameTypeInfo(nsLayoutAtoms::subDocumentFrame,      "subdoc",    "subDocument");
 | |
|   AddFrameTypeInfo(nsLayoutAtoms::imageFrame,            "img",       "image");
 | |
|   AddFrameTypeInfo(nsLayoutAtoms::inlineFrame,           "inline",    "inline");
 | |
|   AddFrameTypeInfo(nsLayoutAtoms::letterFrame,           "letter",    "letter");
 | |
|   AddFrameTypeInfo(nsLayoutAtoms::lineFrame,             "line",      "line");
 | |
|   AddFrameTypeInfo(nsLayoutAtoms::listControlFrame,      "select",    "select");
 | |
|   AddFrameTypeInfo(nsLayoutAtoms::objectFrame,           "obj",       "object");
 | |
|   AddFrameTypeInfo(nsLayoutAtoms::pageFrame,             "page",      "page");
 | |
|   AddFrameTypeInfo(nsLayoutAtoms::placeholderFrame,      "place",     "placeholder");
 | |
|   AddFrameTypeInfo(nsLayoutAtoms::positionedInlineFrame, "posInline", "positionedInline");
 | |
|   AddFrameTypeInfo(nsLayoutAtoms::canvasFrame,           "canvas",    "canvas");
 | |
|   AddFrameTypeInfo(nsLayoutAtoms::rootFrame,             "root",      "root");
 | |
|   AddFrameTypeInfo(nsLayoutAtoms::scrollFrame,           "scroll",    "scroll");
 | |
|   AddFrameTypeInfo(nsLayoutAtoms::tableCaptionFrame,     "caption",   "tableCaption");
 | |
|   AddFrameTypeInfo(nsLayoutAtoms::tableCellFrame,        "cell",      "tableCell");
 | |
|   AddFrameTypeInfo(nsLayoutAtoms::bcTableCellFrame,      "bcCell",    "bcTableCell");
 | |
|   AddFrameTypeInfo(nsLayoutAtoms::tableColFrame,         "col",       "tableCol");
 | |
|   AddFrameTypeInfo(nsLayoutAtoms::tableColGroupFrame,    "colG",      "tableColGroup");
 | |
|   AddFrameTypeInfo(nsLayoutAtoms::tableFrame,            "tbl",       "table");
 | |
|   AddFrameTypeInfo(nsLayoutAtoms::tableOuterFrame,       "tblO",      "tableOuter");
 | |
|   AddFrameTypeInfo(nsLayoutAtoms::tableRowGroupFrame,    "rowG",      "tableRowGroup");
 | |
|   AddFrameTypeInfo(nsLayoutAtoms::tableRowFrame,         "row",       "tableRow");
 | |
|   AddFrameTypeInfo(nsLayoutAtoms::textInputFrame,        "textCtl",   "textInput");
 | |
|   AddFrameTypeInfo(nsLayoutAtoms::textFrame,             "text",      "text");
 | |
|   AddFrameTypeInfo(nsLayoutAtoms::viewportFrame,         "VP",        "viewport");
 | |
|   AddFrameTypeInfo(nsnull,                               "unknown",   "unknown");
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| 
 | |
| void DR_State::DisplayFrameTypeInfo(nsIFrame* aFrame,
 | |
|                                     PRInt32   aIndent)
 | |
| { 
 | |
|   DR_FrameTypeInfo* frameTypeInfo = GetFrameTypeInfo(aFrame->GetType());
 | |
|   if (frameTypeInfo) {
 | |
|     for (PRInt32 i = 0; i < aIndent; i++) {
 | |
|       printf(" ");
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     if(!strcmp(frameTypeInfo->mNameAbbrev, "unknown")) {
 | |
|       nsAutoString  name;
 | |
|       nsIFrameDebug*  frameDebug;
 | |
|       if (NS_SUCCEEDED(aFrame->QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsIFrameDebug), (void**)&frameDebug))) {
 | |
|        frameDebug->GetFrameName(name);
 | |
|        printf("%s %p ", NS_LossyConvertUCS2toASCII(name).get(), (void*)aFrame);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       else {
 | |
|         printf("%s %p ", frameTypeInfo->mNameAbbrev, (void*)aFrame);
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     else {
 | |
|       printf("%s %p ", frameTypeInfo->mNameAbbrev, (void*)aFrame);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| PRBool DR_State::RuleMatches(DR_Rule&          aRule,
 | |
|                              DR_FrameTreeNode& aNode)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   NS_ASSERTION(aRule.mTarget, "program error");
 | |
| 
 | |
|   DR_RulePart* rulePart;
 | |
|   DR_FrameTreeNode* parentNode;
 | |
|   for (rulePart = aRule.mTarget->mNext, parentNode = aNode.mParent;
 | |
|        rulePart && parentNode;
 | |
|        rulePart = rulePart->mNext, parentNode = parentNode->mParent) {
 | |
|     if (rulePart->mFrameType) {
 | |
|       if (parentNode->mFrame) {
 | |
|         if (rulePart->mFrameType != parentNode->mFrame->GetType()) {
 | |
|           return PR_FALSE;
 | |
|         }
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       else NS_ASSERTION(PR_FALSE, "program error");
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     // else wild card match
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return PR_TRUE;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void DR_State::FindMatchingRule(DR_FrameTreeNode& aNode)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (!aNode.mFrame) {
 | |
|     NS_ASSERTION(PR_FALSE, "invalid DR_FrameTreeNode \n");
 | |
|     return;
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   PRBool matchingRule = PR_FALSE;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   DR_FrameTypeInfo* info = GetFrameTypeInfo(aNode.mFrame->GetType());
 | |
|   NS_ASSERTION(info, "program error");
 | |
|   PRInt32 numRules = info->mRules.Count();
 | |
|   for (PRInt32 ruleX = 0; ruleX < numRules; ruleX++) {
 | |
|     DR_Rule* rule = (DR_Rule*)info->mRules.ElementAt(ruleX);
 | |
|     if (rule && RuleMatches(*rule, aNode)) {
 | |
|       aNode.mDisplay = rule->mDisplay;
 | |
|       matchingRule = PR_TRUE;
 | |
|       break;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   if (!matchingRule) {
 | |
|     PRInt32 numWildRules = mWildRules.Count();
 | |
|     for (PRInt32 ruleX = 0; ruleX < numWildRules; ruleX++) {
 | |
|       DR_Rule* rule = (DR_Rule*)mWildRules.ElementAt(ruleX);
 | |
|       if (rule && RuleMatches(*rule, aNode)) {
 | |
|         aNode.mDisplay = rule->mDisplay;
 | |
|         break;
 | |
|       }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| 
 | |
|   if (aNode.mParent) {
 | |
|     aNode.mIndent = aNode.mParent->mIndent;
 | |
|     if (aNode.mDisplay || mIndentUndisplayedFrames) {
 | |
|       aNode.mIndent++;
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
|     
 | |
| DR_FrameTreeNode* DR_State::CreateTreeNode(nsIFrame*                aFrame,
 | |
|                                            const nsHTMLReflowState& aReflowState)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   // find the frame of the parent reflow state (usually just the parent of aFrame)
 | |
|   const nsHTMLReflowState* parentRS = aReflowState.parentReflowState;
 | |
|   nsIFrame* parentFrame = (parentRS) ? parentRS->frame : nsnull;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   // find the parent tree node leaf
 | |
|   DR_FrameTreeNode* parentNode = nsnull;
 | |
|   
 | |
|   DR_FrameTreeNode* lastLeaf = nsnull;
 | |
|   if(mFrameTreeLeaves.Count())
 | |
|     lastLeaf = (DR_FrameTreeNode*)mFrameTreeLeaves.ElementAt(mFrameTreeLeaves.Count() - 1);
 | |
|   if (lastLeaf) {
 | |
|     for (parentNode = lastLeaf; parentNode && (parentNode->mFrame != parentFrame); parentNode = parentNode->mParent) {
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   DR_FrameTreeNode* newNode = new DR_FrameTreeNode(aFrame, parentNode);
 | |
|   FindMatchingRule(*newNode);
 | |
|   if (lastLeaf && (lastLeaf == parentNode)) {
 | |
|     mFrameTreeLeaves.RemoveElementAt(mFrameTreeLeaves.Count() - 1);
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   mFrameTreeLeaves.AppendElement(newNode);
 | |
|   mCount++;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   return newNode;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void DR_State::PrettyUC(nscoord aSize,
 | |
|                         char*   aBuf)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE == aSize) {
 | |
|     strcpy(aBuf, "UC");
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   else {
 | |
|     if ((nscoord)0xdeadbeefU == aSize)
 | |
|     {
 | |
|       strcpy(aBuf, "deadbeef");
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     else {
 | |
|       sprintf(aBuf, "%d", aSize);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void DR_State::DeleteTreeNode(DR_FrameTreeNode& aNode)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   mFrameTreeLeaves.RemoveElement(&aNode);
 | |
|   PRInt32 numLeaves = mFrameTreeLeaves.Count();
 | |
|   if ((0 == numLeaves) || (aNode.mParent != (DR_FrameTreeNode*)mFrameTreeLeaves.ElementAt(numLeaves - 1))) {
 | |
|     mFrameTreeLeaves.AppendElement(aNode.mParent);
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   // delete the tree node 
 | |
|   delete &aNode;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void
 | |
| CheckPixelError(nscoord aSize,
 | |
|                 float   aPixelToTwips)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE != aSize) {
 | |
|     if ((aSize % NSToCoordRound(aPixelToTwips)) > 0) {
 | |
|       printf("VALUE %d is not a whole pixel \n", aSize);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| static void DisplayReflowEnterPrint(nsPresContext*          aPresContext,
 | |
|                                     nsIFrame*                aFrame,
 | |
|                                     const nsHTMLReflowState& aReflowState,
 | |
|                                     DR_FrameTreeNode&        aTreeNode,
 | |
|                                     PRBool                   aChanged)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (aTreeNode.mDisplay) {
 | |
|     DR_state->DisplayFrameTypeInfo(aFrame, aTreeNode.mIndent);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     char width[16];
 | |
|     char height[16];
 | |
| 
 | |
|     DR_state->PrettyUC(aReflowState.availableWidth, width);
 | |
|     DR_state->PrettyUC(aReflowState.availableHeight, height);
 | |
|     if (aReflowState.path && aReflowState.path->mReflowCommand) {
 | |
|       nsReflowType type;
 | |
|       aReflowState.path->mReflowCommand->GetType(type);
 | |
|       const char *incr_reason;
 | |
|       switch(type) {
 | |
|         case eReflowType_ContentChanged:
 | |
|           incr_reason = "incr. (Content)";
 | |
|           break;
 | |
|         case eReflowType_StyleChanged:
 | |
|           incr_reason = "incr. (Style)";
 | |
|           break;
 | |
|         case eReflowType_ReflowDirty:
 | |
|           incr_reason = "incr. (Dirty)";
 | |
|           break;
 | |
|         default:
 | |
|           incr_reason = "incr. (Unknown)";
 | |
|       }
 | |
|       printf("r=%d %s a=%s,%s ", aReflowState.reason, incr_reason, width, height);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     else {
 | |
|       printf("r=%d a=%s,%s ", aReflowState.reason, width, height);
 | |
|     }
 | |
| 
 | |
|     DR_state->PrettyUC(aReflowState.mComputedWidth, width);
 | |
|     DR_state->PrettyUC(aReflowState.mComputedHeight, height);
 | |
|     printf("c=%s,%s ", width, height);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     nsIFrame* inFlow = aFrame->GetPrevInFlow();
 | |
|     if (inFlow) {
 | |
|       printf("pif=%p ", (void*)inFlow);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     inFlow = aFrame->GetNextInFlow();
 | |
|     if (inFlow) {
 | |
|       printf("nif=%p ", (void*)inFlow);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     if (aChanged) 
 | |
|       printf("CHANGED \n");
 | |
|     else 
 | |
|       printf("cnt=%d \n", DR_state->mCount);
 | |
|     if (DR_state->mDisplayPixelErrors) {
 | |
|       float p2t = aPresContext->ScaledPixelsToTwips();
 | |
|       CheckPixelError(aReflowState.availableWidth, p2t);
 | |
|       CheckPixelError(aReflowState.availableHeight, p2t);
 | |
|       CheckPixelError(aReflowState.mComputedWidth, p2t);
 | |
|       CheckPixelError(aReflowState.mComputedHeight, p2t);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void* nsFrame::DisplayReflowEnter(nsPresContext*          aPresContext,
 | |
|                                   nsIFrame*                aFrame,
 | |
|                                   const nsHTMLReflowState& aReflowState)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (!DR_state->mInited) DR_state->Init();
 | |
|   if (!DR_state->mActive) return nsnull;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   NS_ASSERTION(aFrame, "invalid call");
 | |
| 
 | |
|   DR_FrameTreeNode* treeNode = DR_state->CreateTreeNode(aFrame, aReflowState);
 | |
|   if (treeNode) {
 | |
|     DisplayReflowEnterPrint(aPresContext, aFrame, aReflowState, *treeNode, PR_FALSE);
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   return treeNode;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void nsFrame::DisplayReflowExit(nsPresContext*      aPresContext,
 | |
|                                 nsIFrame*            aFrame,
 | |
|                                 nsHTMLReflowMetrics& aMetrics,
 | |
|                                 nsReflowStatus       aStatus,
 | |
|                                 void*                aFrameTreeNode)
 | |
| {
 | |
|   if (!DR_state->mActive) return;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   NS_ASSERTION(aFrame, "DisplayReflowExit - invalid call");
 | |
|   if (!aFrameTreeNode) return;
 | |
| 
 | |
|   DR_FrameTreeNode* treeNode = (DR_FrameTreeNode*)aFrameTreeNode;
 | |
|   if (treeNode->mDisplay) {
 | |
|     DR_state->DisplayFrameTypeInfo(aFrame, treeNode->mIndent);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     char width[16];
 | |
|     char height[16];
 | |
|     char x[16];
 | |
|     char y[16];
 | |
|     DR_state->PrettyUC(aMetrics.width, width);
 | |
|     DR_state->PrettyUC(aMetrics.height, height);
 | |
|     printf("d=%s,%s ", width, height);
 | |
| 
 | |
|     if (aMetrics.mComputeMEW) {
 | |
|       DR_state->PrettyUC(aMetrics.mMaxElementWidth, width);
 | |
|       printf("me=%s ", width);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     if (aMetrics.mFlags & NS_REFLOW_CALC_MAX_WIDTH) {
 | |
|       DR_state->PrettyUC(aMetrics.mMaximumWidth, width);
 | |
|       printf("m=%s ", width);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     if (NS_FRAME_IS_NOT_COMPLETE(aStatus)) {
 | |
|       printf("status=0x%x", aStatus);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     if (aFrame->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_OUTSIDE_CHILDREN) {
 | |
|        DR_state->PrettyUC(aMetrics.mOverflowArea.x, x);
 | |
|        DR_state->PrettyUC(aMetrics.mOverflowArea.y, y);
 | |
|        DR_state->PrettyUC(aMetrics.mOverflowArea.width, width);
 | |
|        DR_state->PrettyUC(aMetrics.mOverflowArea.height, height);
 | |
|        printf("o=(%s,%s) %s x %s", x, y, width, height);
 | |
|        nsRect* storedOverflow = aFrame->GetOverflowAreaProperty();
 | |
|        if (storedOverflow) {
 | |
|          if (aMetrics.mOverflowArea != *storedOverflow) {
 | |
|            DR_state->PrettyUC(storedOverflow->x, x);
 | |
|            DR_state->PrettyUC(storedOverflow->y, y);
 | |
|            DR_state->PrettyUC(storedOverflow->width, width);
 | |
|            DR_state->PrettyUC(storedOverflow->height, height);
 | |
|            printf("sto=(%s,%s) %s x %s", x, y, width, height);
 | |
|          }
 | |
|        }
 | |
|     }
 | |
|     printf("\n");
 | |
|     if (DR_state->mDisplayPixelErrors) {
 | |
|       float p2t = aPresContext->ScaledPixelsToTwips();
 | |
|       CheckPixelError(aMetrics.width, p2t);
 | |
|       CheckPixelError(aMetrics.height, p2t);
 | |
|       if (aMetrics.mComputeMEW) 
 | |
|         CheckPixelError(aMetrics.mMaxElementWidth, p2t);
 | |
|       if (aMetrics.mFlags & NS_REFLOW_CALC_MAX_WIDTH) 
 | |
|         CheckPixelError(aMetrics.mMaximumWidth, p2t);
 | |
|     }
 | |
|   }
 | |
|   DR_state->DeleteTreeNode(*treeNode);
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* static */ void
 | |
| nsFrame::DisplayReflowStartup()
 | |
| {
 | |
|   DR_state = new DR_State();
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| /* static */ void
 | |
| nsFrame::DisplayReflowShutdown()
 | |
| {
 | |
|   delete DR_state;
 | |
|   DR_state = nsnull;
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| void DR_cookie::Change() const
 | |
| {
 | |
|   DR_FrameTreeNode* treeNode = (DR_FrameTreeNode*)mValue;
 | |
|   if (treeNode && treeNode->mDisplay) {
 | |
|     DisplayReflowEnterPrint(mPresContext, mFrame, mReflowState, *treeNode, PR_TRUE);
 | |
|   }
 | |
| }
 | |
| 
 | |
| #endif
 | |
| // End Display Reflow
 | |
| 
 | |
| #endif
 | 
